CYCLIC INHIBITORS OF HEPATITIS B VIRUS

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to compounds that are inhibitors of hepatitis B virus (HBV).

Compounds of this invention are useful alone or in combination with other agents for treating, ameliorating, preventing or curing HBV infection and related conditions. The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing said compounds.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

The Hepatitis B virus (HBV) is an enveloped, partially double-stranded DNA (dsDNA) virus of the hepadnaviridae family that is spread by contact with infected blood and body fluids and causes acute and chronic necroinflammatory liver diseases of varying severity (Guidotti LG, Chisari FV. Annu Rev Pathol. 2006; 1 :23-61). The HBV lipid envelope contains 3 in- frame viral envelope proteins (large, middle and small), each of which possesses the hepatitis B virus surface antigen (HBsAg) determinant (Seeger C, Mason WS.Virology. 2015 May; 479-480:672-86). This envelope encloses a protein shell, or capsid, that is composed of 240 monomers of the core protein and each monomer possesses the hepatitis B virus core antigen (HBcAg or Cp) determinant. The capsid in turn encloses a partially double-stranded, relaxed circular DNA (rcDNA) form of the viral genome as well as a molecule of the viral polymerase. Upon entry into susceptible cells (i.e. the hepatocytes) via the interaction of the large envelope protein with specific receptors on the hepatocellular membrane, the capsid is released into the cytoplasm and transported at the nuclear membrane. The rcDNA is then released into the nucleus and repaired by cellular polymerases into an episomal "minichromosome", termed covalently closed circular DNA (cccDNA), which represents the viral transcriptional template. The minus strand of the viral DNA encodes 3.5, 2.4, 2.1 and 0.7 kb mRNA species that are translated into structural (envelope and core) and nonstructural (polymerase, precore and X) proteins of the virus. Following transport into the cytoplasm, one of the 3.5 kb RNAs (termed pregenomic RNA) is selectively packaged into a nascent capsid by interacting with the core and polymerase proteins that have been translated from their respective mRNAs. Within these capsids, the viral polymerase reverse transcribes the pregenomic RNA into a single minus (-) strand DNA molecule that serves as template for the viral polymerase-mediated DNA plus (+) strand synthesis and the cohesive structure of the linear DNA intermediates converts them into a relaxed circular double stranded molecule. A fraction of these HBV DNA-containing "mature" capsids are transported back to the nucleus where second strand synthesis is completed and the ends of both strands are ligated, leading to amplification of the pool of cccDNA. Another fraction of the capsids binds to viral envelope proteins that have been independently translated and translocated to membranes of endoplasmic reticulum (ER)-like structures. Following binding, the enveloped capsids bud into the lumen of the ER and exit the cell as infectious virions to initiate new cycles of infection.

Thus, the HBV core protein and the related capsids are essential components and regulators of the HBV life cycle. The full-length core protein Cpl83, or its N-terminal domain Cpl49, predominantly assembles into a T = 4 icosahedral capsids. Due to its critical roles in capsid assembly, pregenomic RNA packaging, and cccDNA maintenance, it is not surprising that the HBV core protein and the related capsids have been widely recognized as attractive antiviral targets (Durantel D, Zoulim F; J Hepatol. 2016 Apr;64(l Suppl):Sl 17-S131).

According to World Health Organization (WHO) statistics, HBV infection is one of the major medical scourges of our time. As a sexually transmitted disease that is also transferred by intravenous drug abuse and from mother to infant at birth, over one third of the world's population has been infected by HBV at some point in their lives (Bums GS, Thompson AJ; Cold Spring Harb Perspect Med. 2014 Oct 30;4(l2)). While most of these people have successfully cleared the vims, more than 250 million people remain persistently infected and almost 900,000 of these individuals die annually from the complications of chronic infection (i.e. cirrhosis and/or hepatocellular carcinoma). HBV infection is highly endemic in sub-Saharan Africa, the Pacific, and particularly Asia. Regions with high rates of chronic HBV infection also include the Middle East, the Indian subcontinent, areas of South and Central America, and the southern parts of Eastern and Central Europe. In recent years the number of chronic carriers has increased steadily in the western world as well, mostly because of the influx of immigrants from endemic areas. Additionally, HBV acts as a helper vims to hepatitis delta vims (HDV) and it should be noted that the more than 15 million people co-infected with HBV and HDV have an increased risk of rapid progression to cirrhosis and hepatic decompensation (Hughes, S.A. et al. Lancet 2011, 378, 73- 85).

Well-tolerated vaccines that elicit neutralizing antibodies to HBsAg efficiently prevent de novo HBV infection, but have no therapeutic potential for the millions of people that are already persistently infected (Zoulim, Durantel D; Cold Spring Harb Perspect Med. 2015 Apr l;5(4)). Therapy for these individuals mainly relies on direct acting antiviral (DAA) dmgs (e.g. tenofovir, lamivudine, adefovir, entecavir or telbivudine) that suppress vims production but do not eradicate HBV from the liver, requiring lifelong treatment. Cohorts of patients still receive a therapy based on pegylated interferon-a (PEG-IFN-a), which has the advantages of limited treatment duration and higher rates of HBsAg seroconversion but the relevant disadvantage of greater adverse effects. As such, the number of patients receiving PEG-IFN-a is progressively decreasing.

Different chemical classes of inhibitors targeting the encapsidation process of HBV (also termed capsid assembly modulators or CAMs) are under development, and they include heteroaryldihydropyrimidines (HAPs) and sulfamoylbenzamides (SBAs). For instance, Novira Therapeutics recently utilized a humanized mouse model of HBV infection to show that a combination of CAM and PEG-IFN-a has higher antiviral activity than that previously observed with DAAs. NVR3-778, the first member of this class of CAM, in Phase lb proof-of-concept clinical studies showed both significant reduction in HBV DNA and serum HBV RNA. This compound was recently discontinued. The compound INJ-56136379 (or INJ-379), developed by Janssen, has recently demonstrated potent antiviral activity and is now entering into Phase 2 clinical trial.

WO2013/006394, published on January 10, 2013, relates to a subclass of sulfamoyl-arylamides having general formula A, useful for the treatment of Hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection:

WO2013/096744, published on June 26, 2013 relates to sulfamoyl-arylamides of formula B active against HBV :

W02014/106019, published on July 3, 2014, relates to compounds of formula C, useful as nucleocapsid assembly inhibitors for the treatment of viruses, especially but not exclusively, including pregenomic RNA encapsidation inhibitors of HBV for the treatment of Hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection and related conditions:

WO2014/165128, published on October 9, 2014, W02015/109130 published on July 23, 2015, US2015274652, published on October 1, 2015, all relate to sulfamoyl-arylamides compounds active against HBV.

WO2015/120178, published on August 13, 2015, relates to sulfamoyl-arylamides compounds used in combinantion therapy with peginterferon alfa-2a, or another interferon analog for the treatment of HBV infection.

WO2016/089990, published on June 9, 2016, relates to sulfide alkyl and pyridyl reverse sulphonamide compounds for HBV treatment.

US2016185748, published on June 30, 2016, relates to pyridyl reverse sulfonamides for HBV treatment.

US2016151375, published on June 2, 2016 relates to sulfide alkyl compounds for HBV treatment. W02017/001655A1, published on January 5, 2017, relates to cyclized sulfamoylarylamide derivatives having structure:

WO 2010/004139, published on January 14, 2010, relates to cycloalkylated benzothiadiazine derivatives having the following structure, as positive allosteric modulators of AMPA receptors:

G. Dintilhac et al, MedChemComm, 2011, 2, 509 also relates to positive allosteric modulators of AMPA receptors and describes compounds having the following structure:

Amongst the problems which HBV direct antivirals may encounter are toxicity, mutagenicity, lack of selectivity, poor efficacy, poor bioavailability, low solubility and/or off-target activity, and until now there are no compounds in any of the structural classes identified above approved as drugs for the treatment of HBV patients.

There is a need for additional HBV inhibitors that may overcome at least one of these disadvantages or that have additional advantages such as increased potency, increased bioavailability or an increased safety window.

The present invention provides small molecule drugs obtained through chemical modification of the known sulfamoyl arylamides derivatives. The chemotype discovered in the present invention results in potent HBV inhibitors with improved pharmacokinetic properties, good kinetic solubility, stability in mouse and human hepatocytes, low in vivo clearance and positive liver-to- plasma concentration. Given the liver’s key role in metabolic regulation and the fact that it is the principal tissue affected by hepatitis B disease, designing HBV inhibitors with hepatoselective distribution profiles is an important strategy in developing safe drug candidates (Tu M. et ah, Current Topics in Medicinal Chemistry, 2013, 13, 857-866).

DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The compounds of this invention are inhibitors of hepatitis B vims (HBV).

It is therefore an object of the present invention a compound of general formula (I):

wherein:

A is aryl or heteroaryl; B is a 6-membered aryl optionally containing one or more N atoms;

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ; or is O;

Y is a single bond; a double bond; a Ci_ ₄ alkanediyl or a C _2-4 alkenediyl each of said Ci_ ₄ alkanediyl or C _2-4 alkenediyl being independently optionally substituted with R ₅ ;

Z is CR ₂ R ₃ or C(O);

Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- OH;

- Ci-r.alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, CN, NH ₂ , NH(R ₆ ), N(R _f ,) ₂ , aryl, heteroaryl, 3-7 membered saturated ring and 5-7 membered unsaturated ring, each of said saturated or unsaturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, S and each of said aryl, heteroaryl, 3-7 membered saturated or 5-7 membered unsaturated ring being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from OH, halogen, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy and Ci_ ₆ alkoxy;

- aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of said aryl or heteroaryl ring being optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from OH, halogen, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy and Ci- _f .alkoxy; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring being optionally substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, CN, Ci- ₄ alkyl, hydroxyCi- ₄ alkyl, C(0)OR< ₅ , C(0)R< ₅ , haloCi- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

R ₂ is selected from:

hydrogen;

deuterium;

Ci- _f .alkyl; Ci- ₆ alkoxy; C _2-6 alkenyl; each of said Ci- ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy or C _2-6 alkenyl being optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from OH, halogen, NH ₂ , NH(R ₆ ), N(Re) ₂ , NHC(0)R< ₅ , Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy, CN, aryl, heteroaryl, 3-7 membered saturated ring and 5-7 membered unsaturated ring, each of said 3-7 membered saturated or 5-7 membered unsaturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, each of said aryl, heteroaryl, 3-7 membered saturated or 5-7 membered unsaturated ring being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from OH, halogen, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy and Ci- _f .alkoxy;

- NH ₂ ;

- NHC(0)R ₆ ;

a 3-8 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 3-8 membered saturated ring being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, C(O)OR ₆ . C(0)R< ₅ , Ci_ ₆ alkyl and CN; and an aryl or heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, halogen, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

R ₃ is absent, hydrogen, deuterium or Ci-r.alkyl;

R ₄ is hydrogen, Ci_ ₄ alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl or OH;

Rs is Ci_3alkyl optionally substituted with OH;

Re is Ci- ₄ alkyl;

or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C(O)OR ₆ , C(0)CH ₃ , halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₃ is absent and Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heteroaryl ring optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or any two residues of Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , R ₅ which are not geminal or vicinal group, taken together represent a single bond, or represent a Ci_ ₄ alkanediyl or a C _2-4 alkenediyl, each of said Ci_ ₄ alkanediyl or a C _2-4 alkenediyl being independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from Ci _-4 alkyl and halogen; said single bond or said optionally substituted Ci_ ₄ alkanediyl or C _2-4 alkenediyl forming together with the bridging atoms to which they are respectively linked a 4-10 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring; or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy, C(O)OR ₆ and C(O)R ₆ ; or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indo line-l one or an azaindoline-2-one, each being optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, Ci_ ₆ alkoxy and haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₂ and Rs taken together form with the carbon atoms to which they are respectively attached a 3-8 membered saturated ring or a 5-10 membered partially saturated ring, each ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, each ring optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, CN, C(0)OR< ₅ , C(0)R< ₅ , Ci_ r.alkyl, Ci_ ₆ alkoxy, hak>Ci- ₆ alkyl and hak>Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

or, when Y is a bond, R ₂ and R ₄ taken together form with the atoms to which they are attached a 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with Ci_3alkyl;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, Ci_3alkyl, Ci_3alkoxy, haloCi- 3alkyl and haloCi-ialkoxy; or is absent;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, Ci_3alkyl, Ci_3alkoxy, haloCi- 3alkyl and haloCi-ialkoxy; or is absent;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, Ci_3alkyl, Ci_3alkoxy, haloCi- ₆ alkyl and haloCi_3alkoxy; or is absent

Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, Ci_3alkyl, Ci_3alkoxy, haloCi- 3alkyl and haloCi_3alkoxy; or is absent;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_3alkyl, NH ₂ , NH(CH3), N(CH3) ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ , OH, and CN; or is absent;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_3alkyl, halo C 1 -3 alkyl, Ci_3alkoxy and haloCi_3alkoxy; or is absent;

Rg is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_3alkyl, haloCi_3alkyl, Ci_3alkoxy and haloCi_3alkoxy; or is absent;

provided that the compound is not: 4-ethyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide l,l-dioxide, or 4-methyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7- carboxamide l,l-dioxide or tert-butyl 4-((4-methyl-l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7-(phenylcarbamoyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazin-2-yl)methyl)benzoate or 4-cyclopropyl-N-phenyl-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e][ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof

Preferably, R ₄ is not C3-6cycloalkyl.

Preferably, A is phenyl. Preferably, B is phenyl. Preferably, A and B are both phenyl.

Preferably, X is N substituted with R ₄ . Preferably, Y is a single bond or CH ₂ . Preferably, Ri is selected from: hydrogen; Ci- ₆ alkyl (in particular methyl); haloCi- ₆ alkyl (in particular CH(CF3)CH3); and a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring optionally containing one or more of O and/or N, said 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring being optionally substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, Ci- ₄ alkyl (in particular methyl) and hydroxyCi- ₄ alkyl (in particular CH ₂ OH). Preferably, said 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring is selected from the group consisting of: piperidyl, oxetanyl, cyclobutyl, cyclohexyl and cyclohexenyl. Also preferably, Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached piperidyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C(0)ORe, C(0)CH ₃ , halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy.

Preferably, R ₂ is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen; deuterium; Ci_ ₆ alkyl optionally substituted one or more of NH ₂ or NHC(0)Re (in particular methyl, CH ₂ NH ₂ or CH2NHC(0)Re); haloCi- ₆ alkyl (in particular CHF ₂ ); Ci_ ₆ alkoxy (in particular CH ₂ CH ₂ 0iPr); hydroxyCi-ealkyl (in particular CH ₂ OH, CH ₂ CH ₂ OH, CH(OH)CH3 or CH(OH)CH ₂ CH3); a 3-8 membered saturated ring (in particular piperidyl) optionally substituted with C(0)OR ₆ ; and an aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: Ci_ ₆ alkyl (in particular methyl), haloCi- ₆ alkyl (in particular trifluoromethyl) and halogen (in particular F or Cl). Also preferably, R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more of O and/or N and optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy, C/OjOR _f , and C(0)R ₆ . More preferably, R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring selected from: cyclobutyl, tetrahydro-2H- pyranyl, piperidinyl). Still preferably, R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an azaindoline-2-one.

Preferably, R3 is hydrogen, deuterium or Ci- ₆ alkyl (in particular methyl). Preferably, R ₄ is hydrogen. Preferably, Re is tert- butyl or methyl.

Preferably, Ra is H. Preferably Rb and Rd are selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen (in particular F or Cl), Ci-3alkyl (in particular methyl) and haloCi-3alkyl (in particular CH ₂ F). Preferably, Re is halogen. More preferably, Re is F. Preferably, Rd is hydrogen or halogen (in particular F or Cl). Preferably, Re is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen (in particular Cl, Br or

F) and C i 3 alkyl (in particular methyl). Preferably, Rf is hydrogen or C 1 3 a 11 y 1 (in particular methyl). Preferably, Rg is hydrogen.

In another embodiment, the invention provides the compound of general formula (I) as defined above, wherein:

A is aryl or heteroaryl;

B is phenyl or pyridyl;

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ; or is O;

Y is a single bond; a double bond; or a C _M alkanediyl optionally substituted with R ₅ ;

Z is CR2R3 or C(O);

Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- OH;

- Ci- ₆ alkyl; hydroxyCi- ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, hydroxyCi_ ₄ alkyl, C(0)OR _<5 , C(0)CH ₃ , haloCi- ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

R ₂ is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- Ci- ₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from OH, halogen, NH ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

- NH ₂ ;

- NHC(0)CH ₃ ;

a 3-8 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 3-8 membered saturated ring optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen and Ci- ₆ alkyl; and

- an aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of said aryl or heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl and halogen;

R ₃ is absent, hydrogen or Ci- ₆ alkyl; R ₄ is hydrogen, Ci- ₄ alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl or OH;

Rs is Ci_3alkyl;

Re is Ci- ₄ alkyl;

or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of aziridinyl, azetidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl and pyrrolidinyl, the heterocyclic ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C(0)0Re, C(0)CH3, halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_6alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy; or R3 is absent and Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heteroaryl optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_6alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or Ri and R ₄ , or Ri and R5 taken together represent a C _M alkanediyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C _M alkyl and halogen;

said C _M alkanediyl forming together with the bridging atoms to which it is linked a 4-10 heterocyclic ring;

or R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide and pyrrolidinyl, said 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy, C(O)OR ₆ and C(0)CH ₃ ;

or R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indo line-l one or an azaindoline-2-one;

or R ₂ and R5 taken together form with the carbon atoms to which they are respectively attached a

4-8 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 4-8 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy, C(0)0Re and C(0)CH ₃ ;

or, when Y is a bond, R ₂ and R ₄ taken together form with the atoms to which they are attached a

5-6 membered heteroaryl ring;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN; Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rg is hydrogen; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

provided that the compound is not: 4-ethyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide l,l-dioxide; or 4-methyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7- carboxamide l,l-dioxide; or tert-butyl 4-((4-methyl-l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7-(phenylcarbamoyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazin-2-yl)methyl)benzoate; or 4-cyclopropyl-N-phenyl-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e][ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Preferably, the invention relates to a compound of general formula (I) as defined above, wherein:

A is phenyl or pyridyl;

B is phenyl or pyridyl;

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ; or is O;

Y is a single bond, Ci- ₂ alkanediyl optionally substituted with R ₅ ;

Z is CR2R3 or C(O);

Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- OH;

- Ci- ₆ alkyl, hydroxyCi- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, azocanyl and oxazocanyl, said 3-8 membered saturated ring being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, Ci- ₄ alkyl, OH, C(0)OR _<5 , C(0)CH ₃ , Ci_ ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

R ₂ is selected from:

- hydrogen; - Ci-r.alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from OH, halogen, NH ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

- NH ₂ ;

- NHC(0)CH ₃ ;

- a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, azocanyl and oxazocanyl, said 3-8 membered saturated ring being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from OH, halogen, C(0)OR< _5, C(0)CH ₃ , Ci_ ₆ alkyl and CN; and

- an aryl or heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl and oxazolyl, each of said aryl or heteroaryl ring being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl and halogen;

R ₃ is absent, hydrogen or methyl;

R ₄ is hydrogen, Ci_ ₄ alkyl or OH;

Rs is Ci_ ₃ alkyl;

Re is Ci- ₄ alkyl;

or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl and pyrrolidinyl, the heterocyclic ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C(0)ORe, C(0)CH ₃ , halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₃ is absent and Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heteroaryl optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide and pyrrolidinyl, said 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy, C(0)0R ₆ and C(0)CH ₃ ;

or R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indo line-l one or an azaindoline-2-one;

or Ri and R ₄ , or Ri and R5 taken together represent a C _M alkanediyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CM alkyl and halogen; said CM alkanediyl forming together with the bridging atoms to which it is linked a 4-10 heterocyclic ring; or R ₂ and R5 taken together form with the carbon atoms to which they are respectively attached a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclo hexyl, said 3-8 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy, C(0)OR ₆ and C(0)CH ₃ ;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen or Ci_3alkyl; NH ₂ , NH(CH3), N(CH3) ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ , OH and CN; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rg is hydrogen; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

provided that the compound is not: 4-ethyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide l,l-dioxide, or 4-methyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7- carboxamide l,l-dioxide; or tert-butyl 4-((4-methyl-l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7-(phenylcarbamoyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazin-2-yl)methyl)benzoate;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

All the definitions of substituents, such as for example“alkyl”,“alkoxy”,“aryl”,“heteroaryl” and so on, are reported herein below and apply to formula (I), (la), (lb) and (Ic).

In a further embodiment the invention relates to a compound having general formula (I) wherein:

A is aryl or heteroaryl;

B is phenyl or pyridyl;

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ; or is O;

5 Y is a single bond; a double bond; or a C _M alkanediyl optionally substituted with R ₅ ;

Z is CR2R3 or C(O);

- Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

OH;

f O - Ci-r.alkyl;

- hydroxyCi_ ₆ alkyl;

- haloCi- ₆ alkyl; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 3-8 membered saturated f 5 ring optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, Ci- ₄ alkyl, OH, C(0)0R _<5 , C(0)CH ₃ , Ci_ ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy and Ci_ ₆ alkoxy; the 3-8 membered saturated ring being preferably selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl,

20 tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, azocanyl and oxazocanyl; in one embodiment the ring is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, oxetanyl, piperidinyl, cyclobutanolyl, cyclohexanolyl, pyrrolidinyl, l-methylpyrrolidinyl, or pyrrolidinyl N substituted with CfOfORr,;

25 R ₂ is selected from:

- hydrogen; - Ci-r.alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from OH, halogen, NH ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

- NH ₂ ;

- NHC(0)CH ₃ ;

- a 3-8 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; the 3-8 membered saturated ring being preferably selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, azocanyl and oxazocanyl; in one embodiment the 3-8 membered saturated ring is piperidinyl optionally substituted with C(0)OR ₆ ;

- an aryl or heteroaryl ring, said ring being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl and halogen; in a preferred embodiment the aryl or heteroaryl ring is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl or oxazolyl; in one embodiment the aryl is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxazolyl;

R ₃ is absent, hydrogen, Ci- ₆ alkyl; in particular hydrogen or methyl;

R ₄ is hydrogen, Ci- ₄ alkyl, C _3-6 cycloalkyl or OH; in particular hydrogen or methyl;

Rs is Ci_ ₃ alkyl;

R _f , Ci- ₄ alkyl; in particular /-butyl;

or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of aziridinyl, azetidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl and pyrrolidinyl, the heterocyclic ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C(0)OR< ₅ , C(0)CH ₃ , halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy; or R ₃ is absent and Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heteroaryl optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy; in one embodiment the heteroaryl is imidazole;

or any two residues of Ri and R ₄ , or Ri and Rs taken together represent a C _M alkanediyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C _M alkyl and halogen; said Ci - ₄ alkanediyl forming together with the bridging atoms to which it is linked a 4-10 heterocyclic ring;

or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide and pyrrolidinyl, each ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy, C(0)0R< ₅ and C(0)CH ₃ ; in a preferred embodiment the 3-7 membered saturated ring is selected from cyclobutyl, oxetanyl, piperidinyl and tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, the 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy, C(O)OR ₆ and C(0)CH ₃ ;

or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indoline-2- one or an azaindoline-2-one;

or R ₂ and Rs taken together form with the carbon atoms to which they are respectively attached a

4-8 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 4-8 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy, C(0)0R< ₅ and C(0)CH ₃ ; the 4-8 membered saturated ring is preferably selected from the group consisting of cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl; in one embodiment the 4-8 membered saturated ring is cyclopentyl;

or, when Y is a bond, R ₂ and R ₄ taken together form with the atoms to which they are attached a

5-6 membered heteroaryl ring;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rg is hydrogen; or is absent when B is pyridyl; provided that the compound is not: 4-ethyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide l,l-dioxide, or 4-methyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7- carboxamide l,l-dioxide; or tert-butyl 4-((4-methyl-l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7-(phenylcarbamoyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazin-2-yl)methyl)benzoate; or 4-cyclopropyl-N-phenyl-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e][ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

In a further preferred embodiment the invention relates to a compound of formula (I) wherein:

A is phenyl or pyridyl;

B is phenyl or pyridyl;

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ; or is O;

Y is a single bond, Ci- ₂ alkanediyl optionally substituted with R ₅ ;

Z is CR2R3 or C(O);

Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- OH;

- Ci- ₆ alkyl;

- hydroxyCi_ ₆ alkyl;

- haloCi- ₆ alkyl; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, azocanyl and oxazocanyl, said 3-8 membered saturated ring being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, Ci- ₄ alkyl, OH, C(0)OR< ₅ , C(0)CH ₃ , Ci_ ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

R ₂ is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- Ci_ ₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from OH, halogen, NH ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

NH ₂ ;

NHC(0)CH ₃ ;

a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, azocanyl and oxazocanyl, each of said ring being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from OH, C(0)OR< _5, C(0)CH ₃ , Ci_ ₆ alkyl and CN; and

an aryl or heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl and oxazolyl, each ring optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl and halogen;

R ₃ is absent, hydrogen or methyl;

R ₄ is hydrogen, Ci_ ₄ alkyl or OH; in particular hydrogen or methyl;

Rs is Ci_3alkyl;

R _f , is Ci- ₄ alkyl; in particular /-butyl;

or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, the heterocyclic ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C(0)OR< ₅ , C(0)CH ₃ , halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, Ci_ ₆ alkoxy, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₃ is absent and Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heteroaryl optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl and thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide and pyrrolidinyl, each ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy, C(O)OR ₆ and C(0)CH ₃ ; or R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indo line-l one or an azaindoline-2-one;

or any two residues of Ri and R ₄ , or Ri and R5 taken together represent a C _M alkanediyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C _M alkyl and halogen; said C _M alkanediyl forming together with the bridging atoms to which it is linked a 4-10 heterocyclic ring; or R ₂ and Rs taken together form with the carbon atoms to which they are respectively attached a 4-8 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 4-8 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy, C(0)OR< ₅ and C(0)CH ₃ ,

in a preferred embodiment R ₂ and Rs taken together form with the carbon atoms to which they are respectively attached a saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclo butyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, each ring optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy, C(0)OR< ₅ and C(0)CH ₃ ;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen or Ci_ ₃ alkyl; NH ₂ , NH(CH ₃ ), N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ , OH, OR, CN; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen or methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rg is hydrogen; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

provided that the compound is not: 4-ethyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide l,l-dioxide, or 4-methyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7- carboxamide l,l-dioxide; or tert-butyl 4-((4-methyl-l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7-(phenylcarbamoyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazin-2-yl)methyl)benzoate;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R _2, R _3, R _4, R _S . Re, Re, Rf and Rg are according to any of the definitions reported above; A is phenyl; B is phenyl; at least one of Ra, Rb, Re and Rd are F and the other(s) is/are hydrogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R _2, R _3, R _4, RS. Rs. Re, Rf and Rg are according to any of the definitions reported above; A is phenyl; B is phenyl; at least two of Ra, Rb, Re and Rd are F and the other(s) is/are hydrogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof. Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R _2, R _3, R _4, R _S . Re, Re, Rf and Rg are according to any of the definitions reported above for formula (I); A is phenyl; B is phenyl; at least three of Ra, Rb, Re and Rd are F and the other is hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I) wherein X,

Y, Z, Ri, R _2, R _3, R _4, R _S . Re, Re, Rf and Rg are according to any of the definitions reported above for formula (I); A is phenyl; B is phenyl; Ra, Re and Rd are each independently hydrogen or F; Rb is selected from the group consisting of methyl, Cl, CF ₃ , CHF ₂ and CN;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , RS, Rs are according to any of the definitions reported above for formula (I); A is phenyl; B is phenyl; at least two of Ra, Rb, Re and Rd are F and the other(s) is/are hydrogen; Re, Rf and Rg are hydrogen;

provided that the compound is not: 4-ethyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide l,l-dioxide, or 4-methyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7- carboxamide l,l-dioxide; or tert-butyl 4-((4-methyl-l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7-(phenylcarbamoyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazin-2-yl)methyl)benzoate;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , RS, R _f , are according to any of the definitions reported above for formula (I); A is phenyl; B is phenyl; Ra, Rb, Re, Rd are each independently hydrogen or F; Re is selected from the group consisting of methyl, Cl, Br or F; Rf is hydrogen; Rg is hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , RS, R _f , are according to any of the definitions reported above for formula (I); A is phenyl; B is phenyl; Ra, Rb, Re and Rd are each independently hydrogen or F; Re is hydrogen; Rf is methyl; Rg is hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

In a further embodiment the invention relates to a compound with Y being a single bond, having formula (la):

wherein:

A is phenyl or pyridyl;

B is phenyl or pyridyl;

Z is CR2R3 or C(O);

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ; or is O;

Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- OH;

- Ci-r.alkyl, hydroxyCi- ₆ alkyl or haloCi- ₆ alkyl; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, oxetanyl, piperidinyl, cyclobutanolyl, cyclohexanolyl, pyrrolidinyl and l-methylpyrrolidinyl, said 3-8 membered saturated ring being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, Ci- ₄ alkyl, OH, CfOfORr,, C(0)CH ₃ , Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

R ₂ is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- Ci-r.alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, OH, NH ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ , Ci-ealkoxy;

- NH _2;

- NHC(0)CH ₃ ;

- piperidinyl optionally substituted with CfOfORr,; and

- an aryl ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxazolyl, said aryl being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl and halogen;

R ₃ is absent, hydrogen, or methyl;

R ₄ is hydrogen or methyl; Re is Ci- ₄ alkyl;

or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl and pyrrolidinyl, the heterocyclic ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C(0)0Re, C(0)CH ₃ , halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₃ is absent and Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a 5-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclobutyl, oxetanyl, piperidinyl and tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl; said 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy, C(O)OR ₆ and C(0)CH ₃ ;

or R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indo line-l one or an azaindoline-2-one;

or Ri and R ₄ taken together represent a C _M alkanediyl forming together with the bridging atoms to which it is linked a 4-10 heterocyclic ring;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rg is hydrogen;

provided that the compound is not: 4-ethyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide l,l-dioxide, or 4-methyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7- carboxamide l,l-dioxide; or tert-butyl 4-((4-methyl-l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7-(phenylcarbamoyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazin-2-yl)methyl)benzoate;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

In a further embodiment the invention relates to a compound with X being NH, Z being C(O) and Y being a single bond, having formula (lb):

wherein:

A is phenyl;

B is phenyl;

Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- methyl;

- CH(CH ₃ )CF ₃ ; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from cyclopropyl, oxetanyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, l-methylpyrrolidinyl, cyclobutanolyl and cyclohexanolyl, said 3-8 membered saturated ring being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- ₄ alkyl, OH, CfOfORr, andC(0)CH ₃ ;

Re is Ci -4 alkyl;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl and halogen;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl and halogen;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl and halogen;

Rd is hydrogen;

Re, Rf and Rg are each hydrogen;

provided that the compound is not: tert-butyl 4-((4-methyl-l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7- (phenylcarbamoyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazin-2 -yl)methyl)benzoate;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof

In a further embodiment the invention relates to a compound with Z being CR ₂ R ₃ and Y being a single bond, having formula (Ic):

wherein:

A is phenyl or pyridyl;

B is phenyl or pyridyl;

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ;

Ri is selected from hydrogen, methyl, OH, CH ₂ CH ₂ OH, cyclopropyl, cyclohexanolyl and piperidinyl;

R ₂ is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- methyl, CF _3, CHF _2, CH ₂ OH, CH ₂ CH ₂ OH, CHOHCH ₂ OH, CH(CH) ₃ OH, CH ₂ NH ₂ , CH ₂ NHC(0)CH ₃ , CH ₂ CH ₂ OCH(CH ₃ ) ₂ ;

- piperidinyl optionally substituted with CfOfORr,; and

- an aryl ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxazolyl, said aryl being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from methyl, CF _3, Cl, F and Br;

R ₃ is hydrogen or methyl;

R ₄ is hydrogen, methyl or OH;

Re is Ci- ₄ alkyl;

or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atom to which they are respectively attached a pyrrolidinyl;

or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together with the atom to which they are respectively attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of cyclo butyl, oxetanyl, piperidinyl and tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl; or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indo line-l one or an azaindoline-2-one;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN; Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rg is hydrogen;

provided that the compound is not: 4-ethyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide l,l-dioxide, or 4-methyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

In a further embodiment the invention relates to a compound having formula (Ic): wherein X, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , Re, Ra, Rb, Re and Rd are as defined above for fomula (Ic); A is phenyl, B is phenyl; Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; Rg is hydrogen;

provided that the compound is not: 4-ethyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide l,l-dioxide, or 4-methyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , Rs, Re are as defined above; A is phenyl; B is phenyl; Ra, Rb, Re and Rd are each independently hydrogen or F; Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; Rg is hydrogen;

provided that the compound is not: 4-ethyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide l,l-dioxide, or 4-methyl-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7- carboxamide l,l-dioxide; or tert-butyl 4-((4-methyl-l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7-(phenylcarbamoyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazin-2-yl)methyl)benzoate;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , Rs, Re are as defined above in any of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic); A is phenyl; B is phenyl; at least one of Ra, Rb, Re and Rd are F and the other(s) is/are hydrogen; Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; Rg is hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof. Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , Rs, Re are as defined above in any of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic); A is phenyl; B is phenyl; at least two of Ra, Rb, Re and Rd are F and the other(s) is/are hydrogen; Re, Rf and Rg are hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb), or (Ic) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , Rs, Re are as defined above in any of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic); A is phenyl; B is phenyl; at least three of Ra, Rb, Re and Rd are F and the other is hydrogen; Re, Rf and Rg are hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , Rs, Re are as defined above in any of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic); A is phenyl; B is phenyl; Ra, Rb, Re, Rd are each independently hydrogen or F; Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, Cl, Br and F; Rf and Rg are hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , Rs, Re are as defined above in any of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic); A is phenyl; B is phenyl; Ra, Rb, Re, Rd are each independenlty hydrogen or F; Re is hydrogen; Rf is methyl; Rg is hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , Rs, Re are as defined above in any of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic); Ra, Re and Rd are each independently hydrogen or F; Rb is selected from the group consisting of methyl, Cl, CF ₃ , CHF ₂ and CN;

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to the compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) wherein X, Y, Z, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , Rs, Re are as defined in any of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic); A is phenyl; B is phenyl; Ra is F; Rb is Cl; Re and Rd are hydrogen; Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; Rg is hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Preferably, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, isomer, stereoisomer thereof as defined above is not of formula (I) as defined in WO 2010/004139 Al and reported herein as formula (E):

wherein: Rc _y represents an unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl group; Ri, R ₂ , R ₄ , which may be the same or different, each represent a hydrogen or halogen atom or a nitro group; a cyano group; a hydroxy group; a thio group; a linear or branched (Cl-C6)alkyl group which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen atoms; a linear or branched (Cl- C6)cyanoalkyl group; a linear or branched (Cl-C6)hydroxyalkyl group; a linear or branched (Cl- C6)alkoxy group which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen atoms; a linear or branched (Cl-C6)alkylthio group; a carboxy group; a linear or branched (Cl-C6)alkoxycarbonyl group; an aryloxycarbonyl group; a linear or branched (Cl-C6)acyl group; an amino group which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two linear or branched (Cl-C6)alkyl groups or by a linear or branched (Cl-C6)acyl group; an aminocarbonyl group which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two linear or branched (Cl-C6)alkyl groups; an ary lamino carbonyl group; or a linear or branched (Cl-C6)alkylsulfonylamino group; and R ₃ is arylaminocarbonyl.

Also preferably, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, isomer, stereoisomer thereof as defined above is not of formula (9) as defined in G. Dintilhac et al, MedChemComm, 2011, 2, 509 and reported herein as formula (F):

wherein R is Me or Et, R’ is H, X is N, n is 0 and o, m, and p are H, Me, Et, Pr, OMe, OEt, OBz. Preferred compounds exhibit an HBV inhibition percentage activity, as defined hereinbelow, greater than 50% at the test concentration (preferably greater than 60%, even more preferably greater than 75%) and/or an ECso, as defined hereinbelow, lower than ImM. HBV inhibition indicates inhibition of HBV expression and/or replication. The inhibition activity of the compound of the invention can be measured as described hereinafter.

In particular, preferred compounds are selected from the following list: - N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thia diazine-7-carboxamide 1,1- dioxide;

- N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thia diazine-3,3-d ₂ -7-carboxamide

1,1 -dioxide;

- 6-chloro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide

1,1 -dioxide;

- 6-bromo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l, 2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide

1,1 -dioxide;

- 6-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide

1,1 -dioxide;

- 6-chloro-3-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-b enzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-2H,4H-spiro[benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazin e-3,r-cyclobutane]-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2',3',5',6'-tetrahydro-2H,4H-spir o[benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-3,4'- pyran] -7-carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2H,4H-spiro[benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadia zine-3,4'-piperidine]-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(2-isopropoxyethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro- 2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(difluoromethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadia zine-7-carboxamide l,l-dioxide;

- N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2, 4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide

1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide

1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-((S)-l-hydroxyethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro -2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-((R)-l,2-dihydroxyethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dih ydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide; - 3,3-dimethyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[ e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-((R)-l-hydroxyethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro -2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(hydroxymethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-b enzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(aminomethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-ben zo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(acetamidomethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H -benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- tert- butyl 4-(l,l-dioxido-7-((3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H- benzo[e][ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazin-3-yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate;

- 3-(piperidin-4-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro -2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 6-chloro-3-(thiazol-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H- benzo[e][ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3-(2,4-dimethyloxazol-5-yl)-3,4-dihyd ro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- 3-methyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- 3-(thiazol-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-be nzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(thiazol-4-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-be nzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(6-(b-ifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl )-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- 3-(thiophen-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-b enzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(pyridin-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-be nzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide; - 3-(l,2,3-thiadiazol-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H -benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo [e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(pyridin-3-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-be nzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(thiazol-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-be nzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo [e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(6-chloropyridin-3-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihyd ro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 3-(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)-3-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)- 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo [e] [ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- 3-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- 3-methyl-3-(pyrazin-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H- benzo[e][ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- 2'-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2H,4H-spiro[benzo[e][l ,2,4]thiadiazine-3,3'-indoline]-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 2'-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-r,2'-dihydro-2H,4H-spiro[be nzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-3,3'- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine]-7-carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]th iadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1- dioxide;

- 6-fluoro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 2-methyl-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benz o[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- (S)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2-(l,l,l-trifluoropropan -2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- /ra/iv-2-(4-hydroxycyclohcxyl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophcny l)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide; - 3-oxo-2-(piperidin-4-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihyd ro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 2-(oxetan-3-yl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro- 2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- 2-(3-hydroxycyclobutyl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- ;/.v-2-(4-hydroxycyclohcxyl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophcnyl) -3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- 5-methyl-3-(thiazol-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-l ,3,4, 11 , 12, l2a-hexahydro-2H-benzo[f]pyrido[l ,2- b][l,2,5]thiadiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide;

- (R)-N-(3 ,4,5-trifluorophenyl)- 1,3, 4, 11, 12,12a-hexahydro-2H-benzo[f]pyrido[ 1 ,2- b][l,2,5]thiadiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide;

- N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benz o[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3,3-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][ l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide;

- trans-2-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-6-methyl-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-triflu orophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-2-((lr,4r)-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)- 3-oxo-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- Cis-2-(3-hydroxycyclobutyl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)- 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- Trans-2(3-hydroxycyclobutyl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl) -3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- (R)-2'-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2H,4H-spiro[benzo[e][l, 2,4]thiadiazine-3,3'-indoline]-7- carboxamide 1,1 -dioxide (single enantiomer; second eluted);

- N-(3-(difluoromethyl)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-((lr,4r)-4-hydroxycy clohexyl)-3-oxo-3, 4-dihydro- 2H-benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- N-(4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)-2-((lr,4r)-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)- 3-oxo-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide;

- 2-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3 ,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [ 1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide; - 2-(4-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohex-3-en-l-yl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifl uorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1 ,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1 , 1 -dioxide

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

It is an object of the invention a compound of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) as defined above for medical use. Preferably, the compound as defined above is for use in the treatment and/or prevention of an HBV infection and/or a condition related to an HBV infection.

It is therefore an object of the present invention a compound of formula (I) as defined below:

wherein:

A is aryl or heteroaryl;

B is a 6-membered aryl optionally containing one or more N atoms;

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ; or is O;

Y is a single bond; a double bond; a Ci_ ₄ alkanediyl or a C _2-4 alkenediyl each of said Ci_ ₄ alkanediyl or C _2-4 alkenediyl being independently optionally substituted with R ₅ ;

Z is CR ₂ R ₃ or C(O);

Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- OH;

- Ci- ₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, CN, NH ₂ , NH(R ₆ ), N(R ₆ ) ₂ , aryl, heteroaryl, 3-7 membered saturated ring and 5-7 membered unsaturated ring, each of said saturated or unsaturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, S and each of said aryl, heteroaryl, 3-7 membered saturated or 5-7 membered unsaturated ring being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from OH, halogen, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy and Ci_ ₆ alkoxy; - aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of said aryl or heteroaryl ring being optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from OH, halogen, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy and Ci- _f .alkoxy; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring being optionally substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, CN, Ci- ₄ alkyl, hydroxyCi- ₄ alkyl, C(0)OR< ₅ , C(0)R< ₅ , haloCi- ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

R ₂ is selected from:

hydrogen;

deuterium;

Ci- _f .alkyl; Ci- ₆ alkoxy; C _2-6 alkenyl; each of said Ci- ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy or C _2-6 alkenyl being optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from OH, halogen, NH ₂ , NH(R ₆ ), N(Re) ₂ , NHC(0)R< ₅ , Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy, CN, aryl, heteroaryl, 3-7 membered saturated ring and 5-7 membered unsaturated ring, each of said 3-7 membered saturated or 5-7 membered unsaturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, each of said aryl, heteroaryl, 3-7 membered saturated or 5-7 membered unsaturated ring being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from OH, halogen, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy and Ci- _f .alkoxy;

- NH ₂ ;

- NHC(0)R ₆ ;

a 3-8 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 3-8 membered saturated ring being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, C(0)OR< _5, C(0)R< ₅ , Ci_ ₆ alkyl and CN; and an aryl or heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, halogen, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

R ₃ is absent, hydrogen, deuterium or Ci- ₆ alkyl;

R ₄ is hydrogen, Ci_ ₄ alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl or OH;

Rs is Ci_3alkyl optionally substituted with OH;

Re is Ci- ₄ alkyl; or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C(0)OR< ₅ , C(0)CH ₃ , halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₃ is absent and Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heteroaryl ring optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or any two residues of Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , Rs which are not geminal or vicinal group, taken together represent a single bond, or represent a Ci- ₄ alkanediyl or a C _2-4 alkenediyl, each of said Ci_ ₄ alkanediyl or a C _2-4 alkenediyl being independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from Ci _-4 alkyl and halogen; said single bond or said optionally substituted Ci_ ₄ alkanediyl or C _2-4 alkenediyl forming together with the bridging atoms to which they are respectively linked a 4-10 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring; or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy, C(0)OR< ₅ and C(O)R ₆ ;

or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indo line-l one or an azaindoline-2-one, each being optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, Ci_ ₆ alkoxy and haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₂ and Rs taken together form with the carbon atoms to which they are respectively attached a 3-8 membered saturated ring or a 5-10 membered partially saturated ring, each ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, each ring optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, CN, C(0)OR< ₅ , C(0)R< ₅ , Ci_ r.alkyl, Ci_ ₆ alkoxy, hak>Ci- ₆ alkyl and hak>Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

or, when Y is a bond, R ₂ and R ₄ taken together form with the atoms to which they are attached a 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with Ci_ ₃ alkyl;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, Ci_ ₃ alkyl, Ci_ ₃ alkoxy, haloCi- ₃ alkyl and haloCi- ₃ alkoxy; or is absent;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, Ci_ ₃ alkyl, Ci_ ₃ alkoxy, haloCi- ₃ alkyl and haloCi- ₃ alkoxy; or is absent; Rc is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, Ci_3alkyl, Ci_3alkoxy, haloCi- ₆ alkyl and haloCi-3alkoxy; or is absent

Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, Ci-3alkyl, Ci-3alkoxy, haloCi- 3alkyl and haloCi-3alkoxy; or is absent;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci-3alkyl, NH ₂ , NH(0¾), N(0¾) ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ , OH, and CN; or is absent;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci-3alkyl, halo C 1 -3 alkyl, Ci-3alkoxy and haloCi_3alkoxy; or is absent;

Rg is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci-3alkyl, haloCi-3alkyl, Ci-3alkoxy and haloCi_3alkoxy; or is absent;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof, for use in the treatment and/or prevention of an HBV infection and/or a condition related to an HBV infection. In a preferred embodiment, the compound for use in the treatment and/or prevention of an HBV infection and/or a condition related to an HBV infection has a general formula (I) wherein:

A is aryl or heteroaryl;

B is phenyl or pyridyl;

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ; or is O;

Y is a single bond; a double bond; or a C _M alkanediyl optionally substituted with R ₅ ;

Z is CR ₂ R ₃ or C(O);

Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- OH;

- Ci- ₆ alkyl; hydroxyCi_ ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated ring being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, hydroxyCi_ ₄ alkyl, CfOfORr,, C(0)CH ₃ , haloCi- ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

R ₂ is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- Ci- ₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from OH, halogen, NH ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

- NH ₂ ; - NHC(0)CH ₃ ;

a 3-8 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 3-8 membered saturated ring optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen and Ci- ₆ alkyl; and

- an aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of said aryl or heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl and halogen;

R ₃ is absent, hydrogen or Ci- ₆ alkyl;

R ₄ is hydrogen, Ci- ₄ alkyl, C _3-6 cycloalkyl or OH;

Rs is Ci_ ₃ alkyl;

Re is Ci- ₄ alkyl;

or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of aziridinyl, azetidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl and pyrrolidinyl, the heterocyclic ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C(0)0Re, C(0)CH ₃ , halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy; or R ₃ is absent and Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heteroaryl optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or Ri and R ₄ , or Ri and Rs taken together represent a C _M alkanediyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C _M alkyl and halogen;

said C _M alkanediyl forming together with the bridging atoms to which it is linked a 4-10 heterocyclic ring;

or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide and pyrrolidinyl, said 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy, C(O)OR ₆ and C(0)CH ₃ ;

or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indo line-l one or an azaindoline-2-one; or R ₂ and Rs taken together form with the carbon atoms to which they are respectively attached a

4-8 membered saturated ring optionally containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, the 4-8 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy, C(0)OR< ₅ and C(0)CH ₃ ;

or, when Y is a bond, R ₂ and R ₄ taken together form with the atoms to which they are attached a

5-6 membered heteroaryl ring;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rg is hydrogen; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

In a further preferred embodiment, the compound for use in the treatment and/or prevention of an HBV infection and/or a condition related to an HBV infection has a general formula (I) wherein: A is phenyl or pyridyl;

B is phenyl or pyridyl;

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ; or is O;

Y is a single bond, Ci_ ₂ alkanediyl optionally substituted with Rs;

Z is CR ₂ R ₃ or C(O);

Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- OH;

- Ci- ₆ alkyl, hydroxyCi- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, azocanyl and oxazocanyl, said 3-8 membered saturated ring being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, Ci- ₄ alkyl, OH, CfOfORr,, C(0)CH ₃ , Ci_ ₆ alkyl, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

R ₂ is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- Ci-r.alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from OH, halogen, NH ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

- NH ₂ ;

- NHC(0)CH ₃ ;

- a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, azocanyl and oxazocanyl, said 3-8 membered saturated ring being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from OH, halogen, C(O)OR ₆ . C(0)CH ₃ , Ci_ ₆ alkyl and CN; and

- an aryl or heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl and oxazolyl, each of said aryl or heteroaryl ring being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl and halogen;

R3 is absent, hydrogen or methyl;

R ₄ is hydrogen, Ci_ ₄ alkyl or OH;

Rs is Ci_3alkyl;

Re is Ci- ₄ alkyl;

or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl and pyrrolidinyl, the heterocyclic ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C(O)OR ₆ , C(0)CH3, halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_6alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or R3 is absent and Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heteroaryl optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_6alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy; or R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide and pyrrolidinyl, said 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy, C(0)0R ₆ and C(0)CH ₃ ;

or R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indo line-l one or an azaindoline-2-one;

or Ri and R ₄ , or Ri and R5 taken together represent a C _M alkanediyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CM alkyl and halogen; said CM alkanediyl forming together with the bridging atoms to which it is linked a 4-10 heterocyclic ring; or R ₂ and R5 taken together form with the carbon atoms to which they are respectively attached a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclo hexyl, said 3-8 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy, haloCi_ ₆ alkoxy, C(0)OR _<5 and C(0)CH ₃ ;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen or Ci_3alkyl; NH ₂ , NH(CH3), N(CH3) ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ , OH and CN; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rg is hydrogen; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

In a preferred embodiment, the compound for use in the treatment and/or prevention of an HBV infection and/or a condition related to an HBV infection has a general formula (la) wherein:

wherein:

A is phenyl or pyridyl;

B is phenyl or pyridyl;

Z is CR2R3 or C(O);

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ; or is O;

Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- OH;

- Ci-r.alkyl, hydroxyCi- ₆ alkyl or haloCi- ₆ alkyl; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, oxetanyl, piperidinyl, cyclobutanolyl, cyclohexanolyl, pyrrolidinyl and l-methylpyrrolidinyl, said 3-8 membered saturated ring being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, Ci- ₄ alkyl, OH, CfOfORr,, C(0)CH ₃ , Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy and Ci- ₆ alkoxy;

R ₂ is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- Ci- _f .alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, OH, NH ₂ , NHC(0)CH ₃ , Ci-ealkoxy;

- NH _2;

- NHC(0)CH ₃ ;

- piperidinyl optionally substituted with CfOfORr,; and

- an aryl ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxazolyl, said aryl being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkyl and halogen;

R ₃ is absent, hydrogen, or methyl;

R ₄ is hydrogen or methyl; Re is Ci- ₄ alkyl;

or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl and pyrrolidinyl, the heterocyclic ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from C(0)0Re, C(0)CH ₃ , halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₃ is absent and Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atoms to which they are respectively attached a 5-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, haloCi- ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci_ ₆ alkyl, Ci- ₆ alkoxy and haloCi- ₆ alkoxy;

or R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached a 3-7 membered saturated ring selected from the group consisting of cyclobutyl, oxetanyl, piperidinyl and tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl; said 3-7 membered saturated ring optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, OH, haloCi_ ₆ alkyl, CN, Ci- ₆ alkyl, haloCi- ₆ alkoxy, C(O)OR ₆ and C(0)CH ₃ ;

or R ₂ and R3 taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indo line-l one or an azaindoline-2-one;

or Ri and R ₄ taken together represent a C _M alkanediyl forming together with the bridging atoms to which it is linked a 4-10 heterocyclic ring;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rg is hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

Still preferably, the compound for use in the treatment and/or prevention of an HBV infection and/or a condition related to an HBV infection has a general formula (lb) wherein:

wherein:

A is phenyl;

B is phenyl;

Ri is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- methyl;

- CH(CH ₃ )CF ₃ ; and

- a 3-8 membered saturated ring selected from cyclopropyl, oxetanyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, l-methylpyrrolidinyl, cyclobutanolyl and cyclohexanolyl, said 3-8 membered saturated ring being substituted with one, two or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- ₄ alkyl, OH, CfOfORr, andC(0)CH ₃ ;

Re is Ci -4 alkyl;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl and halogen;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl and halogen;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl and halogen;

Rd is hydrogen;

Re, Rf and Rg are each hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof.

In a preferred embodiment, the compound for use in the treatment and/or prevention of an HBV infection and/or a condition related to an HBV infection has a general formula (Ic) wherein:

wherein:

A is phenyl or pyridyl;

B is phenyl or pyridyl;

X is N optionally substituted with R ₄ ;

Ri is selected from hydrogen, methyl, OH, CH ₂ CH ₂ OH, cyclopropyl, cyclohexanolyl and piperidinyl;

R ₂ is selected from:

- hydrogen;

- methyl, CF _3, CHF _2, CH ₂ OH, CH ₂ CH ₂ OH, CHOHCH ₂ OH, CH(CH) ₃ OH, CH ₂ NH ₂ , CH ₂ NHC(0)CH ₃ , CH ₂ CH ₂ OCH(CH ₃ ) ₂ ;

- piperidinyl optionally substituted with CfOfORr,; and

- an aryl ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxazolyl, said aryl being optionally substituted with one, two, three or more substituents each independently selected from methyl, CF _3, Cl, F and Br;

R ₃ is hydrogen or methyl;

R ₄ is hydrogen, methyl or OH;

Re is Ci- ₄ alkyl;

or Ri and R ₂ taken together form with the atom to which they are respectively attached a pyrrolidinyl;

or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together with the atom to which they are respectively attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of cyclo butyl, oxetanyl, piperidinyl and tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl; or R ₂ and R ₃ taken together form with the carbon atom to which they are attached an indo line-l one or an azaindoline-2-one;

Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Rd is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, halogen and CN;

Re is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl;

Rf is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and methyl; or is absent when B is pyridyl;

Rg is hydrogen;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, isomers, stereoisomers thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the compounds of the invention are intended for use in treating, eradicating, reducing, slowing or inhibiting an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, and/or in reducing the viral load associated with an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, and/or in reducing reoccurrence of an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, and/or in inducing remission of hepatic injury from an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, and/or in prophylactically treating an HBV infection in an individual afflicted with a latent HBV infection.

Preferably, the compound as defined above is for use in combination with at least one further therapeutic agent. Preferably, said use in combination comprises the administration of at least one therapeutic agent.

It is an object of the invention a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound as defined above, alone or in combination with at least one further therapeutic agent, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

Preferably, the at least one further therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of: a therapeutic vaccine; an RNA interference therapeutic/antisense oligonucleotide; an immunomodulator; a STING agonist; a RIG-I modulator; a NKT modulator; an IL agonist; an interleukin or another immune acting protein; a therapeutic and prophylactic vaccine; an immune checkpoint modulator/inhibitor; an HBV entry inhibitor; a cccDNA modulator; an inhibitor of HBV protein espression; an agent targeting HBV RNA; a capsid assembly inhibitor/modulator; a core or X protein targeting agent; a nucleotide analogue; a nucleoside analogue; an interferon or a modified interferon; an HBV antiviral of distinct or unknown mechanism; a cyclophilin inhibitor; a sAg release inhibitor; an HBV polymerase inhibitor; a dinucleotide; a SMAC inhibitor; a HDV targeting agent; a viral maturation inhibitor; a reverse transcriptase inhibitor and an HBV RNA destabilizer or another small-molecule inhibitor of HBV protein expression; or a combination thereof.

Preferably, the therapeutic vaccine is selected from: HBsAG-HBIG, HB-Vac, ABX203, NASVAC, GS-4774, GX- 110 (HB-110E), CVI-HBV-002, RG7944 (INO-1800), TG-1050, FP- 02 (Hepsyn-B), AIC649, VGX-6200, KW-2, TomegaVax-HBV, ISA-204, NU-500, INX-102- 00557, HBV MV A and PepTcell.

Preferably, the RNA interference therapeutic is a siRNA, a ddRNA or a shRNA. Preferably, the RNA interference therapeutic is selected from: TKM-HBV (ARB- 1467), ARB- 1740, ARC-520, ARC-521, BB-HB-331, REP-2139, ALN-HBV, ALN-PDL, LUNAR-HBV, GS3228836 and GS3389404. Preferably, the immunomodulator is a TLR agonist. Preferably the TLR agonist is a TLR7, TLR8 or TLR9 agonist. Preferably, the TLR7, TLR8 or TLR9 agonist is selected from: RG7795 (RO- 6864018), GS-9620, SM360320 (9-benzyl-8-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)adenine), AZD 8848 (methyl [3-({[3-(6-amino-2-butoxy-8-oxo-7,8-dihydro-9H-pyrin-9-yl)pr opyl][3-(4- morpholinyl)propyl]amino}methyl)phenyl]acetate) and ARB-1598.

Preferably, the RIG-I modulator is SB-9200. Preferably, the IL agonist or other immune acting protein is INO-9112 or recombinant IL12. Preferably, the immune checkpoint modulator/inhibitor is BMS-936558 (Opdivo (nivolumab)) or pembrolizumab. Preferably, the HBV entry inhibitor is Myrcludex B, IVIG-Tonrol or GC-l 102.

Preferably, the cccDNA modulator is selected from: a direct cccDNA inhibitor, an inhibitor of cccDNA formation or maintenance, a cccDNA epigenetic modifier and an inhibitor of cccDNA transcription.

Preferably, the capsid assembly inhibitor/modulator, core or X protein targeting agent, direct cccDNA inhibitor, inhibitor of cccDNA formation or maintenance, or cccDNA epigenetic modifier is selected from: BAY 41-4109, NVR 3-778, GLS-4, NZ-4 (W28F), Y101, ARB-423, ARB- 199, ARB-596, AB-506, JNJ-56136379, ASMB-101 (AB-V102), ASMB-103, CHR-101, CC-31326, AT-130 and RO7049389.

Preferably, the interferon or modified interferon is selected from: interferon alpha (IFN-a), pegylated interferon alpha (PEG-IFN-a), interferon alpha-2a, recombinant interferon alpha-2a, peginterferon alpha-2a (Pegasys), interferon alpha-2b (Intron A), recombinant interferon alpha- 2b, interferon alpha-2b XL, peginterferon alpha-2b, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b, interferon alpha-2c, recombinant interferon alpha-2c, interferon beta, interferon beta-la, peginterferon beta- la, interferon delta, interferon lambda (IFN-l), peginterferon lambda- 1, interferon omega, interferon tau, interferon gamma (IFN-g), interferon alfacon-l, interferon alpha-nl, interferon alpha-n3, albinterferon alpha-2b, BLX-883, DA-3021, PI 101 (also known as AOP2014), PEG- infergen, Belerofon, INTEFEN-IFN, albumin/interferon alpha 2a fusion protein, rHSA-IFN alpha 2a, rHSA-IFN alpha 2b, PEG-IFN-SA and interferon alpha biobetter. Particularly preferred are: peginterferon alpha-2a, peginterferon alpha-2b, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b, peginterferon beta-la, and peginterferon lambda- 1. More particularly preferred is peginterferon alpha-2a.

Preferably, the HBV antiviral of distinct or unknown mechanism is selected from: AT-61 ((E)-N- ( 1 -chloro-3-oxo-l-phenyl-3-(piperidin-l-yl)prop-l-en-2-yl)benz amide), AT130 ((E)-N-(l- bromo- 1 -(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxo-3-(piperidin- 1 -yl)prop- 1 -en-2-yl)-4-nitrobenzamide), analogues thereof, REP-9AC (REP-2055), REP-9 AC’ (REP-2139), REP-2165 and HBV-0259. Preferably, the cyclophilin inhibitor is selected from: OCB-030 (NVP-018), SCY-635, SCY-575 and CPI-431-32.

Preferably, said HBV polymerase inhibitor is selected from: entecavir (Baraclude, Entavir), lamivudine (3TC, Zeffix, Heptovir, Epivir, and Epivir-HBV), telbivudine (Tyzeka, Sebivo), clevudine, besifovir, adefovir (hepsera), tenofovir. Preferably, tenofovir is in a salt form. Preferably, tenofovir is in a salt form selected from: tenofovir disoproxil fumarate (Viread), tenofovir alafenamide fumarate (TAF), tenofovir disoproxil orotate (DA-2802), tenofovir disopropxil aspartate (CKD-390), AGX-1009, and CMX157.

Preferably, the dinucleotide is SB9200. Preferably, the SMAC inhibitor is Birinapant. Preferably, the HDV targeting agent is Lonafamib.

Preferably, the HBV RNA destabilizer or other small-molecule inhibitor of HBV protein expression is RG7834 or AB-452.

Preferably, the at least one further therapeutic agent is an agent useful in the treatment and prevetion of hepatitis B. Preferably, the at least one further therapeutic agent is an anti-HDV agent, an anti-HCV agent and/or an anti-HIV agent.

Preferably the at least one further therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of: HBV polymerase inhibitor, interferon, viral entry inhibitor, BAY 41-4109, reverse transcriptase inhibitor, a TLR-agonist, AT-61 ((E)-N-(l-chloro-3-oxo-l-phenyl-3-(piperidin-l-yl)prop-l-en- 2- yl)benzamide), AT - 130 ((E)-N-( 1 -bromo- 1 -(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxo-3-(piperidin- 1 -yl)prop- 1 - en-2-yl)-4-nitrobenzamide), and a combination thereof, wherein the HBV polymerase inhibitor is preferably at least one of Lamivudine, Entecavir, Tenofovir, Adefovir, Telbivudine, Clevudine; and wherein the TLR agonist is preferably selected from the group consisting of SM360320 (9- benzyl-8-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)adenine), AZD 8848 (methyl [3-({[3-(6-amino-2- butoxy-8-oxo-7,8-dihydro-9H-purin-9-yl)propyl][3-(4- morpholinyl)propyl] amino }methyl)phenyl] acetate) and a combination thereof.

Preferably, the compound of the invention is for use in combination with one, two or more further therapeutic agent(s) as defined above.

Preferably, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises one, two or more further therapeutic agent(s) as defined above.

Preferably, said pharmaceutical composition is for use in the treatment and/or prevention of an HBV infection and/or a condition related to an HBV infection. Even more preferably, said pharmaceutical composition is for use in treating, eradicating, reducing, slowing or inhibiting an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, and/or in reducing the viral load associated with an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, and/or in reducing reoccurrence of an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, and/or in inducing remission of hepatic injury from an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, and/or in prophylactically treating an HBV infection in an individual afflicted with a latent HBV infection.

In an embodiment, the invention provides a kit comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptable vial or container containing one or more doses of a compound of the invention or of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention and optionally a) instructions for use thereof in mammals and/or b) an infusion bag or container containing a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent. It is a further object of the invention a process for the synthesis of a compound of general formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) according to the synthetic Schemes included in the description of the invention. In particular, it is an object of the invention a process for the synthesis of the compound of formula I or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, solvate, isomer or stereoisomer thereof as defined above, said process comprising at least one of the following steps:

- reacting a compound of formula (3) with triphosgene optionally in the present of a base or with l,l-carbonyldiimidazole to obtain a compound of formula (4), wherein A, B, Ra, Rb, Re, Rd, Re, Rf, Rg, Ri and R ₄ are as defined above;

- reacting a compound of formula (3) with a carboxylic acid of formula R ₂ COOH to obtain a compound of formula (5), wherein A, B, Ra, Rb, Re, Rd, Re, Rf, Rg, Ri and R ₂ are as defined above and R ₄ is H;

reacting a compound of formula (9) with a base such as cesium carbonate to obtain a compound of formula (10), wherein A, B, Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, Rg, are as defined above, Re or Rf is F and R ₂ is H, NH ₂ or NH(CO)CH ₃ ;

- condensation of a compound of formula (3) with a ketone of formula COR ₂ R ₃ in the presence of an acid such as hydrochloric acid or para toluene sulfonic acid to obtain a compound of formula (6), wherein A, B, Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, Rg, Ri, R ₂ , R ₃ and R ₄ are as defined above; or

- condensation of a compound of formula (3) with an aldehyde of formula COR ₂ R ₃ in the presence of an acid such as hydrochloric acid or para toluene sulfonic acid to obtain a compound of formula (6), wherein A, B, Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, Rg, Ri, R ₃ and R ₄ are as defined above and R ₂ is H; or

- reacting a compound of formula (7a), (7b) or (7c) in the presence of a base such as cesium carbonate or sodium hydride to obtain, respectively, a compound of formula (8a), (8b) or (8c), wherein A, B, Ra, Rb, Re, Rd, Re, Rf, and Rg are as defined above, X is O, NH or a protected nitrogen such as N-Boc and W is CH ₂ , O or a protected nitrogen such as N-Boc.

It is a further object of the invention a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of one or more compounds as defined above or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug thereof, alone or in combination with other active compounds, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

The present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) above. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic) which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic). Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.

A prodrug may be a pharmacologically inactive derivative of a biologically active substance (the "parent drug" or "parent molecule") that requires transformation within the body in order to release the active drug, and that has improved delivery properties over the parent drug molecule. The transformation in vivo may be, for example, as the result of some metabolic process, such as chemical or enzymatic hydrolysis of a carboxylic, phosphoric or sulphate ester, or reduction or oxidation of a susceptible functionality.

The invention also includes all suitable isotopic variations of a compound of the disclosure. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the disclosure include isotopes such as ² H, ³ H, ¹³ C, ¹⁴ C, ¹⁵ N, ¹⁷ 0, ¹⁸ 0, ³¹ P, ³² P, ³⁵ S, ¹⁸ F and ³⁶ Cl, respectively. Certain isotopic variations of the disclosure, for example, those in which a radioactive isotope such as ³ H or ¹⁴ C is incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. Further, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium ² H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability. Isotopic variations of the compounds of the disclosure can generally be prepared by conventional procedures such as by the illustrative methods or by the preparations described in the examples hereafter using appropriate isotopic variations of suitable reagents.

The present invention includes within its scope solvates of the compounds of (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) or of the relative salts, for example, hydrates, alcoholates and the like.

The compounds of the present invention may have asymmetric centers, chiral axes, and chiral planes (as described in: E.F. Eliel and S.H. Wilen, Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1994, pages 1119-1190), and occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual diastereomers, with all possible isomers and mixtures thereof, including optical isomers, all such stereoisomers being included in the present invention.

Pure stereoisomeric forms of the compounds and intermediates of this invention may be obtained by the application of art-known procedures and are intended to be encompassed by the scope of the invention. In particular,“pure stereoisomeric form” or“stereoisomerically pure” indicate a compound having stereoisomeric excess of at least 80%, preferably of at least 85%. For instance, enantiomers may be separated from each other by the selective crystallization of their diastereomeric salts or by chromatographic techniques using chiral stationary phases. Pure stereochemically isomeric forms may also be derived from the corresponding pure stereochemically isomeric forms of the appropriate starting materials, provided that the reaction occurs stereospecifically. The term“enantiomerically pure” shall be interpreted in a similar way, having regard to the enantiomeric ratio.

In addition, the compounds disclosed herein may exist as tautomers and all tautomeric forms are intended to be encompassed by the scope of the invention, even though only one tautomeric structure is depicted. Exemplary tautomers that are comprised within the scope of the present invention include:

The compounds may exist in different isomeric forms, all of which are encompassed by the present invention.

For example, tautomeric forms of amide (-C(=0)NH-) groups are iminoalcohols (-C(OH)=N-). Imino groups (-N=CH-NH-) can be also in the form of (-NH-CH=N-). Guanidino groups as (- N=C(NH ₂ )-NH-) can be also in the form of (-NH-C(NH ₂ )=N-) or in the form of (-NH-C(=NH)- NH-).

When any variable (e.g. Ri and R ₂ , etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent, its definition on each occurrence is independent at every other occurrence. Also, combinations of substituents and variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. Lines drawn into the ring systems from substituents represent that the indicated bond may be attached to any of the substitutable ring atoms. If the ring system is polycyclic, it is intended that the bond be attached to any of the suitable carbon atoms on the proximal ring only.

It is understood that substituents and substitution patterns on the compounds of the instant invention can be selected by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide compounds that are chemically stable and that can be readily synthesized by techniques known in the art, as well as those methods set forth below, from readily available starting materials. If a substituent is itself substituted with more than one group, it is understood that these multiple groups may be on the same carbon or on different carbons, so long as a stable structure results. The phrase“optionally substituted” should be taken to be equivalent to the phrase“unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents” and in such cases the preferred embodiment will have from zero to three substituents. More particularly, there are zero to two substituents.

The expressions“one or more substituents” and“one, two, three or more substituents” refer to in particular to 1, 2, 3, 4 or more substituents, in particular to 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents, more in particular 1, 2 or 3 substituents.

As used herein“Y is a single bond” or“Y is a double bond”, each indicates that X is directly linked to Z via, respectively, a single or a double bond.

As used herein, "alkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. For example,“Ci- ₆ alkyl” is defined to include groups having 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbons in a linear or branched arrangement. For example,“Ci- ₆ alkyl” specifically includes methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, /-propyl, «-butyl, /-butyl, /-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and so on.“Ci- ₄ alkyl” is defined to include groups having 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbons in a linear or branched arrangement.“Ci-3alkyl” is defined to include groups having 1, 2, or 3 carbons in a linear or branched arrangement. Preferred alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, /-propyl or /-butyl.

As used herein,“alkoxy” represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge.“Alkoxy” therefore encompasses the definitions of alkyl above. Ci- ₆ alkoxy group is preferably a linear or branched Ci- ₄ alkoxy group, more preferably a Ci-3alkoxy group, still more preferably a Ci- ₂ alkoxy group. Examples of suitable alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, «-propoxy, /-propoxy, «-butoxy, .v-butoxy or /-butoxy. The preferred alkoxy group is methoxy.

As used herein, the terms“haloCi- ₆ alkyl” and“haloCi- ₆ alkoxy” mean a C i - ₆ a 1 y 1 or Ci_ ₆ alkoxy group in which one or more (in particular, 1 to 3) hydrogen atoms have been replaced by halogen atoms, especially fluorine or chlorine atoms. HaloCi- ₆ alkoxy group is preferably a linear or branched haloCi- ₄ alkoxy group, more preferably a hak>Ci-3alkoxy group, still more preferably a haloCi- ₂ alkoxy group, for example OCF3, OCHF ₂ , OCH ₂ F, OCH2CH2F, OCH2CHF2 or OCH2CF3, and most especially OCF3 or OCHF2. HaloCi- ₆ alkyl group is preferably a linear or branched haloCi-3alkyl group, more preferably a hak>Ci-2alkyl group for example, CF3, CHF2, CH ₂ F, CH2CH2F, CH2CHF2, CH2CF3 or CH(CH ₃ )CF ₃ , and most especially CF ₃ , CHF ₂ or CH(CH ₃ )CF ₃ .

As used herein, the term "hydroxyCi- ₆ alkyl" means a Ci- ₆ alkyl group in which one or more (in particular, 1 to 3) hydrogen atoms have been replaced by hydroxy groups. Similarly, the term "hydroxyCi- ₄ alkyl" means a Ci_ ₄ alkyl group in which one or more (in particular, 1 to 2) hydrogen atoms have been replaced by hydroxy groups. Illustrative examples include, but are not limited to CH2OH, CH2CH2OH, CH(CH ₃ )0H and CHOHCH2OH.

As used herein, the term“C2-6alkenyl” refers to a non-aromatic hydrocarbon radical, straight or branched, containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbon to carbon double bond. Preferably one carbon to carbon double bond is present, and up to four non-aromatic carbon- carbon double bonds may be present. Alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl and 2-methylbutenyl. The straight or branched portion of the alkenyl group may contain double bonds and may be substituted if a substituted alkenyl group is indicated. Preferred alkenyl groups are ethenyl and propenyl. As used herein, the term "aryl" means a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms, and hydrogen atoms. If indicated, such aromatic ring may include one or more heteroatoms, then also referred to as“heteroaryl”, preferably, 1 to 3 heteroatoms, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, preferably nitrogen. As is well known to those skilled in the art, heteroaryl rings have less aromatic character than their all-carbon counter parts. Thus, for the purposes of the present invention, a heteroaryl group need only have some degree of aromatic character. Illustrative examples of aryl groups are optionally substituted phenyl. Illustrative examples of heteroaryl groups according to the invention include optionally substituted thiophene, oxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyrimidine, pyrazine and pyridine. Thus, examples of monocyclic aryl optionally containing one or more heteroatoms, for example one or two heteroatoms, are a 5- or 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group such as, but not limited to, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl and oxazolyl. Examples of polycyclic aromatic ring, optionally containing one or more heteroatoms, for example one or two heteroatoms, are a 8-10 membered aryl or heteroaryl group such as, but not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofurandionyl, benzofuranyl, benzofurazanyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolonyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, indolyl, indolizinyl, isoindolinyl, indazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolizinyl, naphtyl, naphthyridinyl and phthalazinyl. A preferred aryl according to the present invention is phenyl. A preferred heteroaryl according to the present invention is pyridyl.

Heterocycle, heterocyclic compound or ring structure is a cyclic compound that has atoms of at least two different elements as members of its ring(s).

As used herein, the term“heterocyclic ring” is a saturated or partially saturated non aromatic monocyclic or bicyclic ring system, of 4 to 10 members which contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O or S. Examples include, but are not limited to azetidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, azocanyl, oxazocanyl, the hexahydrofuro[2,3-b]furan system, octahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrole.

A substituent on a saturated, partially saturated or unsaturated heterocycle can be attached at any substitutable position.

The skilled person will readily understand the meaning of the term“absent” referring to a given substituent. In particular, it will be understood that such term applies when the atom to which the substituent would be bound has reached its maximum valency and thus cannot accommodate any further substituent. For instance, a substituent may be absent when the atom to which it would be bound is involved in a multiple bond.

It is also understood that the expression“is absent” (referring to a given substituent) means that the atom to which the substituent would be bound is a heteroatom, preferably nitrogen, which is comprised in a heteroaryl ring, such as a pyridine or a pyrimidine ring.

As used herein, the term“Ci _-6 alkanediyl” as group or part of a group defines bivalent straight or branched chained saturated hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Ci _-6 alkanediyl group, is preferably a Ci_ ₄ alkanediyl group, a Ci _-3 alkanediyl or more preferably a Ci _-2 alkanediyl. Examples include, but are not limited to methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, butanenediyl, pentanediyl and hexanediyl. Preferred are methanediyl, ethanediyl and propanediyl.

As used herein, the term“C _2-4 alkenediyl” as group or as part of a group defines bivalent straight or branched chained unsaturated hydrocarbon radicals having from 2 to 4 carbon atoms and having at least one double bond, preferably one double bond, such as, but not limited to ethenediyl, propenediyl and butenediyl. Non limiting examples of C _2-4 alkenediyl are: -C=CH-, - CH=C(CH ₃ )CH ₂ -, -CH=CH-CH ₂ -.

As used herein, the terms“3-7 membered saturated ring”,“3-8 membered saturated ring” and“4- 8 membered saturated ring” mean saturated cyclic hydrocarbon (cycloalkyl) with 3 or 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms and is generic to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl. Said saturated ring optionally contains one or more heteroatoms (also referred to as heterocyclyl or heterocyclic ring), such that at least one carbon atom is replaced by a heteroatom selected from N, O and S, in particular from N and O. Depending on the dimension of the ring, it can be of a cyclic or bicyclic ring structure. Examples include, but are not limited to oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiolane 1,1 -dioxide, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, azocanyl or oxazocanyl. Preferred are saturated cyclic hydrocarbons with 3, 4 or 5 carbon atoms and 1 oxygen or 1 nitrogen atom. Examples include oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl.

As used herein, the term“4-10 membered unsaturated ring” means a non aromatic mono or bicyclic ring. Depending on the dimension of the ring, it can be of a cyclic or bicyclic ring structure. In a preferred embodiment, the invention relates to 5-10 membered unsaturated rings. In another preferred embodiment, the invention relates to 5-7 membered unsaturated rings. Each of the above rings may optionally contain one or more heteroatoms, such that at least one carbon is replaced by a heteroatom selected from N, O and S, in particular from N and O. Suitable examples include but are not limited to cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexa-l,3-dienyl, cyclohexa-l,4-dienyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclohepta-l,4-dienyl, dihydro furanyl, dihydropyrrole, dihydropyranyl, and the like. Preferred examples are cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexa-l,3- dienyl, cyclohexa-l,4-dienyl, cycloheptenyl.

It should be noted that different isomers of the various heterocycles may exist within the definitions as used throughout the specification. For example, pyrrolyl may be lH-pyrrolyl or 2H- pyrrolyl.

It should also be noted that the radical positions on any molecular moiety used in the definitions may be anywhere on such moiety as long as it is chemically stable. For example, pyridyl includes 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl.

Indoline-2-one is an indoline carrying an oxo group at position 2.

Azaindoline-2-one is an azaindoline carring an oxo group at position 2. Suitable example is a pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-2-one.

As used herein, the term“halogen” includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, of which fluorine, chlorine and bromine are preferred.

The term "heteroatom" refers to an atom other than carbon or hydrogen in a ring structure or a saturated backbone as defined herein. Typical heteroatoms include N(H), O, S.

As used herein, the term“C3-6 cycloalkyl” means saturated cyclic hydrocarbon (cycloalkyl) with 3 or 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms and is generic to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. Included in the instant invention is the free base of compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb) and (Ic), as well as the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and stereoisomers thereof. Some of the specific compounds exemplified herein are the protonated salts of amine compounds. Compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) containing one or more N atoms may be protonated on any one, some or all of the N atoms. The term“free base” refers to the amine compounds in non-salt form. The encompassed pharmaceutically acceptable salts not only include the salts exemplified for the specific compounds described herein, but also all the typical pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the free form of compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic).The free form of the specific salt compounds described may be isolated using techniques known in the art. For example, the free form may be regenerated by treating the salt with a suitable dilute aqueous base solution such as dilute aqueous NaOH, potassium carbonate, ammonia and sodium bicarbonate. The free forms may differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but the acid and base salts are otherwise pharmaceutically equivalent to their respective free forms for purposes of the invention. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the instant compounds can be synthesized from the compounds of this invention which contain a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, the salts of the basic compounds are prepared either by ion exchange chromatography or by reacting the free base with stoichiometric amounts or with an excess of the desired salt-forming inorganic or organic acid in a suitable solvent or various combinations of solvents. Similarly, the salts of the acidic compounds are formed by reactions with the appropriate inorganic or organic base. In a preferred embodiment, the compounds of the invention have at least one acidic proton and the corresponding sodium or potassium salt can be formed, for example, by reaction with the appropriate base.

Thus, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include the conventional non-toxic salts of the compounds of this invention as formed by reacting a basic instant compound with an inorganic or organic acid or an acid compound with an inorganic or organic base. For example, conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like, as well as salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxy-benzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, trifluoroacetic and the like. Conventional non-toxic salts further include those derived from an inorganic base, such as potassium, sodium hydroxide, magnesium or calcium hydroxide, as well as salts prepared from organic bases, such as ethylene diamine, lysine, tromethamine, meglumine and the like. Preferably, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of this invention contains one equivalent of a compound of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) and 1 , 2 or 3 equivalent of an inorganic or organic acid or base. More particularly, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of this invention are the tartrate, trifluoroacetate or the chloride salts.

When the compound of the present invention is acidic, suitable“pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine caffeine, choline, N,N'-dibcnzylcthylcncdiaminc, diethylamin, 2- diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N- ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.

The preparation of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts described above and other typical pharmaceutically acceptable salts is more fully described by Berg et al,“Pharmaceutical Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci., 1977:66: 1-19.

It will also be noted that the compounds of the present invention are potentially internal salts or zwitterions, since under physiological conditions a deprotonated acidic moiety in the compound, such as a carboxyl group, may be anionic, and this electronic charge might then be balanced off internally against the cationic charge of a protonated or alkylated basic moiety, such as a quaternary nitrogen atom.

The compounds of the present invention find use in a variety of applications for human and animal health. The compounds of the present invention are inhibitors of hepatitis B virus (HBV).

In the context of the present invention, HBV may be any known isoltate, genotype, strain, etc. of HBV.

In particular, the hepatitis B virus has been classified into eight main genotypes (designated A- H), and two additional genotypes (I and J) were tentatively proposed. HBV genotypes have been further separated into several subgenotypes that differ by 4.0 to 7.5% in the whole nucleotide sequence. HBV genotypes differ substantially in many virological and probably some clinical parameters; however, the precise role of HBV genotypes in the evolution of the infection remains controversial. Due to geographical distribution, only two or three HBV genotypes co-circulate in most regions of the world, thereby limiting genotype comparisons.

The compounds of the present invention are inhibitors of hepatitis B virus (HBV) useful for the treatment and/or prevention of an HBV infection. In particular the compounds of the present invention are inhibitors of hepatitis B virus (HBV) core (HBc) protein useful for the treatment and/or prevention of an HBV infection.

The compounds, compositions and methods provided herein are particularly deemed useful for treating, ameliorating or preventing HBV infection and related conditions, including chronic hepatitis B, HBV/HDV co-infection, HBV/HCV co-infection, HBV/HIV co-infection, inflammation, necrosis, cirrhosis, hepatocellular carcinoma, hepatic decompensation and hepatic injury from an HBV infection. In the present invention, the expression“HBV infection” comprises any and all conditions deriving from infection with HBV, including but not limited to hepatitis B, preferably chronic hepatitis B, HBV/HDV co-infection, HBV/HCV coinfection, HBV/HIV coinfection.

HBV infection leads to a wide spectrum of hepatic complications, all of these are intended as conditions related to an HBV infection. As used herein,“condition related to an HBV infection” is preferably selected from the group consisting of: chronic hepatitis B, HBV/HDV co-infection, HBV/HCV co-infection, HBV/HIV co-infection, inflammation, necrosis, cirrhosis, hepatocellular carcinoma, hepatic decompensation and hepatic injury from an HBV infection.

Expressions like“treating, eradicating, reducing, slowing or inhibiting an HBV infection” are used to indicate the application or administration of a therapeutic agent, i.e., a compound of the invention (alone or in combination with another pharmaceutical agent), to a patient or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient (e.g., for diagnosis or ex vivo applications), who has an HBV infection, a symptom of HBV infection or the potential to develop an HBV infection, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect the HBV infection, the symptoms of HBV infection, or the potential to develop an HBV infection. Such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics.

Efficacy of treatment may be determined using quantification of viral load or other evidence of infection, such as through measurement of HBeAg, HBsAg, HBV DNA levels, ALT activity levels, serum HBV levels, and the like, thereby allowing adjustment of treatment dose, treatment frequency, and treatment length.

HBeAg stands for hepatitis B e-antigen. This antigen is a protein from the hepatitis B virus that circulates in infected blood when the virus is actively replicating.

ALT stands for Alanine Transaminase and is an enzyme involved in the transfer of an amino group from the aminoacid alanine to alpha-ketoglutaric acid to produce glutamate and pyruvate. ALT is located primarily in liver and kidney, with lesser amounts in heart and skeletal muscle. ALT is commonly measured clinically as part of liver function tests.

The compounds of the invention can reduce viral load in an individual suffering from an HBV infection. In a non limiting embodiment, the compounds of the invention result in viral load reduction during therapy in an individual in need thereof from a minimum of one- or two-log decrease to a maximum of about eight-log decrease.

As used herein, the expression“remission of hepatic injury from an HBV infection” means that the chronic necroinflammatory liver disease has been halted by the fact that the viral antigens have disappeared from the organ (and the immune system no longer attacks the liver cells). As used herein, the term "prophylactically treating" means no disorder or disease development if none had occurred, or no further disorder or disease development if there had already been development of the disorder or disease. Also considered is the ability to prevent some or all of the symptoms associated with the disorder or disease. An example of prophylactic treatment might also indicate the necessity of reducing the risk of infecting a liver graft (in case of liver transplant in chronically infected patients) or infecting newborns (in case of chronically infected mothers that pass the virus at time of delivery).

As used herein,“reducing reoccurrence of an HBV infection” indicates that patients may have reactivation of HBV replication and exacerbation of a condition related to an HBV infection, e.g. hepatitis, after years of quiescence. These patients may still be at risk of developing a condition related to an HBV infection, e.g. hepatocellular carcinoma development. Antiviral therapy is also recommended as prophylaxis for patients who are HBsAg-positive as well as patients who are HBsAg-negative and hepatitis B core antibody-positive who require treatment with immunosuppressive therapies that are predicted to have a moderate to high risk of HBV reactivation.

The compounds of this invention may be administered to mammals, preferably humans, either alone or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents, in a pharmaceutical composition, according to standard pharmaceutical practice. In one embodiment, the compounds of this invention may be administered to animals. The compounds can be administered orally or parenterally, including the intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, rectal and topical routes of administration.

The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds of this invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium crosscarmellose, com starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to mask the unpleasant taste of the drug or delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a water soluble taste masking material such as hydroxypropyl-methylcellulose or hydro xypropylcellulose, or a time delay material such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate butyrate may be employed.

Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water soluble carrier such as poly ethyleneglycol or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.

Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.

Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as butylated hydroxyanisol or alpha-tocopherol.

Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of an oil- in- water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening, flavoring agents, preservatives and antioxidants. Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, flavoring and coloring agents and antioxidant.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous solutions. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.

The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable oil- in- water microemulsion where the active ingredient is dissolved in the oily phase. For example, the active ingredient may be first dissolved in a mixture of soybean oil and lecithin. The oil solution then introduced into a water and glycerol mixture and processed to form a microemulstion.

The injectable solutions or microemulsions may be introduced into a patient's blood stream by local bolus injection. Alternatively, it may be advantageous to administer the solution or microemulsion in such a way as to maintain a constant circulating concentration of the instant compound. In order to maintain such a constant concentration, a continuous intravenous delivery device may be utilized. An example of such a device is the Deltec CADD-PLUS™ model 5400 intravenous pump.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension for intramuscular and subcutaneous administration. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in l,3-butanediol. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.

Compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.

For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compound of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) are employed. (For purposes of this application, topical application shall include mouth washes and gargles.)

The compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles and delivery devices, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen. Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered as a suppository employing bases such as cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.

The compounds of the invention may be presented in a liposome or other micro particulate or other nanoparticle designed to target the compound. Acceptable liposomes can be neutral, negatively, or positively charged, the charge being a function of the charge of the liposome components and pH of the liposome solution. Liposomes can be normally prepared using a mixture of Phospholipids and cholesterol. Suitable phospholipids include phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidic acid, phosphotidylglycerol, phosphatidylinositol. Polyethylene glycol can be added to improve the blood circulation time of liposomes. Acceptable nanoparticles include albumin nanoparticles and gold nanoparticles.

When a compound according to this invention is administered into a human subject, the daily dosage will normally be determined by the prescribing physician with the dosage generally varying according to the age, weight, sex and response of the individual patient, as well as the severity of the patient's symptoms.

In one exemplary application, a suitable amount of compound is administered to a mammal undergoing anti HBV treatment. Administration generally occurs in an amount between about: 0.01 mg/kg of body weight to about 100 mg/kg of body weight per day, preferably between about 0.01 mg/kg of body weight to about 60 mg/kg of body weight per day, preferably between about 0.1 mg/kg of body weight to about 50 mg/kg of body weight per day, preferably between about 0.5 mg/kg of body weight to about 40 mg/kg of body weight per day.

The instant compounds are also useful in combination with known therapeutic agents for simultaneous, separate or sequential administration.

In an embodiment, the compounds of the present invention may be used in combination with at least one or more additional therapeutic agents, in particular anti-HBV agents.

The indication that compounds of the invention are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of an HBV infection indicates that the compounds are efficacious for treating, eradicating, reducing, slowing or inhibiting an HBV infection.

The therapeutic agent is any agent commonly used in the treatment and/or prevention and/or amelioration of an HBV infection or a condition related to an HBV infection. The therapeutic agent is known in the art.

The term“anti-HBV agent”, or more simply“HBV antiviral(s)” also includes compounds that are therapeutic nucleic acids, antibodies or proteins either in their natural form or chemically modified and/or stabilized. The term therapeutic nucleic acid includes but is not limited to nucleotides and nucleosides, oligonucleotides, polynucleotides, of which non limiting examples are antisense oligonucleotides, miRNA, siRNA, shRNA, therapeutic vectors and DNA/RNA editing components.

The term anti-HBV agent also includes compounds capable of treating HBV infection via immunomodulation, i.e. immunomodulators or immunomodulating compounds. Examples of immunomodulators are interferon-a (IFN-a), pegylated interferon-a or stimulants of the innate immune system such as Toll-like receptor 7 and/or 8 agonists and therapeutic or prophylactic vaccines. One embodiment of the present invention relates to combinations of a compound of formula (I) or (la) or any subgroup thereof, as specified herein, with an immunomodulating compound, more specifically a Toll-like receptor 7 and/or 8 agonist.

The additional HBV antiviral(s) can be selected for example, from therapeutic vaccines; RNA interference therapeutic/antisense oligonucleotides (e.g. siRNA, ddRNA, shRNA); immunomodulators (such as TLR agonists (e.g. TLR7, TLR8 or TLR9 agonists); STING agonists; RIG-I modulators; NKT modulators; IL agonists; Interleukin or other immune active proteins, therapeutic and prophylactic vaccines and immune checkpoint modulators; HBV entry inhibitors; cccDNA modulators (such as for example direct cccDNA inhibitors, inhibtors of cccDNA formation or maintenance, cccDNA epigenetic modifiers, inhibitors of cccDNA transcription); inhibitors of HBV protein espression; agents targeting HBV RNA; capsid assembly inhibitors/modulators; core or X protein targeting agents; nucleotide analogues; nucleoside analogues; interferons or modified interferons; HBV antivirals of distinct or unknown mechanism; cyclophilin inhibitors; sAg release inhibitors; HBV polymerase inhibitors; dinucleotides; SMAC inhibitors; HDV targeting agents; viral maturation inhibitors; reverse transcriptase inhibitors and HBV RNA destabilizers and other small-molecule inhibitors of HBV protein expression.

In particular, the combination of previously known anti-HBV agents, such as interferon-a (IFN- a), pegylated interferon-a, 3TC, tenofovir, lamivudine, entecavir, telbivudine, and adefovir or a combination thereof, and a compound of formula (I) or (la) or any subgroup thereof can be used as a medicine in a combination therapy. Additional examples of further therapeutic agents that may be combined with the compounds of the present invention include: Zidovudine, Didanosine, Zalcitabine, Stavudine, Abacavir, ddA Emtricitabine, Apricitabine, Atevirapine, ribavirin, acyclovir, valacyclovir, famciclovir, ganciclovir, valganciclovir, cidofovir, Efavirenz, Nevirapine, Delavirdine and Etravirine.

Particular examples of such HBV antiviral(s) include, but are not limited to:

- RNA interference (RNAi) therapeutics: TKM-HBV (also known as ARB-1467), ARB-1740, ARC-520, ARC-521, BB-HB-331, REP-2139, ALN-HBV, ALN-PDL, LUNAR-HBV, GS3228836, and GS3389404;

- HBV entry inhibitors: Myrcludex B, IVIG-Tonrol, GC-l 102;

- HBV capsid inhibitor/modulators, core or X protein targeting agents, direct cccDNA inhibitors, inhibitors of cccDNA formation or maintenance, or cccDNA epigenetic modifiers: BAY 41-4109, NVR 3-778, GLS-4, NZ-4 (also known as W28F), Y101, ARB-423, ARB-199, ARB-596, AB- 506, JNJ-56136379, ASMB-101 (also known as AB-V102), ASMB-103, CHR-101, CC-31326, AT-130, RO7049389.

- HBV polymerase inhibitors: entecavir (Baraclude, Entavir), lamivudine (3TC, Zeffix, Heptovir, Epivir, and Epivir-HBV), telbivudine (Tyzeka, Sebivo), clevudine, besifovir, adefovir (hepsera), tenofovir (in particular tenofovir disoproxil fumarate (Viread), tenofovir alafenamide fumarate (TAF)), tenofovir disoproxil orotate (also known as DA-2802), tenofovir disopropxil aspartate (also known as CKD-390), AGX-1009, and CMX157);

- HBV RNA destabilizers and other small-molecule inhibitors of HBV protein expression: RG7834, AB-452;

- cyclophilin inhibitors: OCB-030 (also known as NVP-018), SCY-635, SCY-575, and CPI-431- 32;

- dinucleotides: SB9200; - compounds of distinct or unknown mechanism, such as but not limited to AT-61 ((E)-N-( 1 - chloro-3-oxo- 1 -phenyl-3 -(piperidin- 1 -yl)prop- 1 -en-2-yl)benzamide), AT130 ((E)-N-(l -bromo- 1 -(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxo-3-(piperidin- 1 -yl)prop- 1 -en-2-yl)-4-nitrobenzamide), and similar analogs; REP-9AC (also known as REP-2055), REP-9AC’ (also known as REP-2139), REP-2165 and HBV-0259;

- TLR agonists (TLR7, 8 and/or 9): RG7795 (also known as RO-6864018), GS-9620, SM360320 (9-benzyl-8-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)adenine) and AZD 8848 (methyl [3-({[3-(6-amino-2- butoxy-8-oxo-7,8-dihydro-9H-pyrin-9-yl)propyl][3-(4- morpholinyl)propyl]amino}methyl)phenyl]acetate); ARB- 1598;

- RIG-I modulators: SB-9200;

- SMAC inhibitor: Birinapant

- Immune Check Point inhibitors: BMS-936558 (Opdivo (nivolumab)), KEYTRUDA® (pembrolizumab);

- therapeutic vaccines: HBsAG-HBIG, HB-Vac, ABX203, NASVAC, GS-4774, GX- 110 (also known as HB-110E), CVI-HBV-002, RG7944 (also known as INO-1800), TG-1050, FP-02 (Hepsyn-B), AIC649, VGX-6200, KW-2, TomegaVax-HBV, ISA-204, NU-500, INX- 102-00557 HBV MVA, PepTcell;

- IL agonists and immune acting proteins: INO-9112; recombinant IL12;

- interferons: interferon alpha (IFN-a), interferon alpha-2a, recombinant interferon alpha-2a, peginterferon alpha-2a (Pegasys), interferon alpha-2b (Intron A), recombinant interferon alpha- 2b, interferon alpha-2b XL, peginterferon alpha-2b, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b, interferon alpha-2c, recombinant interferon alpha-2c, interferon beta, interferon beta- la, peginterferon beta- la, interferon delta, interferon lambda (IFN-l), peginterferon lambda- 1, interferon omega, interferon tau, interferon gamma (IFN-g), interferon alfacon-l, interferon alpha-nl, interferon alpha-n3, albinterferon alpha-2b, BLX-883, DA-3021, PI 101 (also known as AOP2014), PEG- infergen, Belerofon, INTEFEN-IFN, albumin/interferon alpha 2a fusion protein, rHSA-IFN alpha 2a, rHSA-IFN alpha 2b, PEG-IFN-SA, interferon alpha biobetter; in particular, peginterferon alpha-2a, peginterferon alpha-2b, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b, peginterferon beta-la, and peginterferon lambda- 1; more in particular, peginterferon alpha-2a;

- HDV targeting agent: Lonafamib.

The term "administration" and variants thereof (e.g., "administering" a compound) in reference to a compound of the invention means introducing the compound or a prodrug of the compound into the system of the animal in need of treatment. When a compound of the invention or prodrug thereof is provided in combination with one or more other active agents (e.g., a cytotoxic agent, etc.), "administration" and its variants are each understood to include concurrent and sequential introduction of the compound or prodrug thereof and other agents.

In some embodiments, pulsed administration is more effective than continuous treatment because total pulsed doses are often lower than would be expected from continuous administration of the same composition. Each pulse dose can be reduced and the total amount of drug administered over the course of treatment is minimized. Individual pulses can be delivered to the patient continuously over a period of several hours, such as about 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16 hours, or several days, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 days.

As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.

The term "therapeutically effective amount" as used herein means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue, system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.

The present invention will be described by means of the following non-limiting examples and biological data are presented.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Chemistry

General

Unless otherwise indicated, commercially available reagents and solvents (HPLC grade) were used without further purification.

Specifically, the following abbreviations may have been used in the descriptions of the experimental methods:

NMR: Nuclear Magnetic Resonance; ¹ H: proton; MHz: Megahertz; Hz: Hertz; HPLC: High Performance Liquid Chromatography; LC-MS: Liquid Chromatography Mass Chromatography Spectrum; s: second(s); min: minute(s); h: hour(s); mg: milligram(s); g: gram(s); Ml: microliter(s); mL: millilitre(s); mmol: millimole(s); nm: nanometer(s) mM: micromolar; M: molarity or molar concentration; Rt: retention time in minutes; MW: microwave; Boc: /er/-butyloxy carbonyl protecting group; DML: dimethylformamide; DMSO: dimethylsulfoxide; MeOH: methanol; EtOH: ethanol; EtOAc: ethyl acetate; DCM: dichloro methane; MeCN: Acetonitrile; PE: Petroleum Ether; TFA: trifluoroacetic acid; (g): gas; eq.: equivalent(s); RT: room temperature; DIPEA: N, A-di isopropyl ethyl amine; DIAD: Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate; sat.aq.: saturated aqueous solution; TEA: triethylamine; THF: tetrahydrofuran; IPA: isopropylamine.; / TSA: para toluene sulfonic acid; TBDMS: fc/ -butyldimcthylsilyl; LiHMDS: Lithium bis(trimehtylsilyl)amide; TBTU : 2-( 1 H-Benzotriazo le- 1 -yl)- 1 , 1 ,3 ,3 -tetramethylaminium tetrafluoroborate.

Except where indicated otherwise, all temperatures are expressed in °C (degrees centigrade) or K (Kelvin).

The ¹ H-NMR spectra were acquired with an Avance II 300 MHz Bruker spectrometer. The chemical shifts are expressed in parts per million (ppm, d units). The coupling constants are expressed in Hertz (Hz) and the splitting patterns are described as s (singlet), bs (broad signal), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), quint (quintet), m (multiplet).

The LC-MS analyses were performed by means of an UPLC Acquity Waters System equipped with the SQD spectrometer, single quadrupole mass detector, and a TUV detector, using column 1 : ACQUITY UPLC BEH SHIELD, RPis (2.lx50mm, id=l .7 pm); column2: ACQUITY UPLC HSS T3, RPis (2.1x50mm, id=l .8 pm) and column3: ACQUITY UPLC BEH SHIELD, RPis (2. lxl00mm, id=l .7 pm). Column temperature 40°C. Sample temperature 25°C. Phase A was composed by water (HiPerSolv Chromanorm Water VWR for HPLC-MS) + 0,05% Trifluoroacetic Acid; Phase B by CH3CN (HiPerSolv Chromanorm Acetonitrile SuperGradient VWR, suitable for UPLC/UHPLC instruments) + 0,05% Trifluoroacetic Acid; flow rate: 0,5 mL/min; UV detection (DIODE array) 200 nm; ESI+ and ESI- detection in the 100-1000 m/z range.

Method 1 : column 1, run time: 3 minutes, run gradient: 5%B to 100%B in 2.80 min + 100%B for 0.2 min, equilibration time: 0,8 min, ionization mode: ESI ⁺ .

Method 2: column 2, run time: 4 minutes, run gradient: 0%B to 45%B in 3.5 min + 45%B to 100%B in 0.05 min +100%B for 0.45 min, equilibration time: 0,8 min, ionization mode: ESI ⁺ . Method 3: column 3, run time: 6 minutes, run gradient: 5%B to 100%B in 5 min + 100%B for 1 min, equilibration time: 2 min.

Method 4: column 3, run time: 6 minutes, run gradient: 5%B to 50%B in 5 min + 50%B to 100%B in 0.2 min 100%B for 0.8 min, equilibration time: 2 min, ionization mode: ESI ⁺ .

Method 5: column 1, run time: 3 minutes, run gradient: 5%B to 100%B in 2.80 min + 100%B for 0.2 min, equilibration time: 0,8 min, ionization mode: ESI ⁺ .

Method 6: column 2, run time: 4 minutes run gradient: 0%B to 45%B in 3.5 min + 45%B to 100%B in 0.05 min +100%B for 0.45 min. Equilibration time: 0,8 min, ionization mode: ESI ⁺ . Method 7: column 3, run time: 6 minutes, run gradient: 5%B to 100%B in 5 min + 100%B for 1 min, equilibration time: 2 min, ionization mode: ESI ⁺ . Method 8: column 3, run time: 6 minutes, run gradient: 5%B to 50%B in 5 min + 50%B to 100%B in 0.2 min 100%B for 0.8 min, Equilibration time: 2 min, ionization mode: ESI ⁺ .

Method 9: column 1. run time: 4 minutes, column 1, run time: 4 minutes, run gradient:5%B to 100%B in 3.00 min + 100%B for 1 min, equilibration time: 0,8 min, ionization mode: ESI ⁺ . Method 10: column 1. run time: 4 minutes, run gradient: 5%B to 100%B in 3.00 min + 100%B for 1 min, equilibration time: 0,8 min, Ionization Mode: ESI .

Method 11 : column 1, run time: 3 minutes, run gradient: 40%B to 100%B in 2.80 min + 100%B for 0.2 min, equilibration time: 0,8 min. Ionization Mode: ESI ⁺ .

Method 12: column 3, run time: 6 minutes, run gradient: 25%B to 70%B in 5 min + 100%B for 1 min, equilibration time: 2 min, Flow: 0,5 mL/min, ionization mode: ESI ⁺ .

Synthesis

According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a process for the preparation of compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb), (Ic) or salts thereof. The following schemes are examples of synthetic schemes that may be used to synthesise the compounds of the invention. In the following schemes reactive groups can be protected with protecting groups and deprotected according to well established techniques. In the following schemes unless otherwise indicated A, B, X, Z, Ri, Rf, R _2, R3, R4, Ra, Rb, Re, Rd, Re, Rf, Rg are as defined herein above in formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic).

It will be understood by those skilled in the art that certain compounds of the invention can be converted into other compounds of the invention according to standard chemical methods.

Compounds of the invention may be prepared according to the general routes indicated in the following Scheme 1 :

Scheme 1

According to Scheme 1, compounds of formula (2) can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (1) with an aromatic or heteroaromatic amine. The reaction can be generally carried out by reacting a carboxylic acid of formula (1) with thionyl chloride at reflux to obtain the corresponding acyl chloride, and further reacting the acyl chloride with the selected amine (ArNH ₂ ) in toluene at reflux. A base such as triethyl amine may also be added. Compounds of formula (3), wherein Ri and R ₄ are both hydrogen atoms, may be obtained by reacting a compound of formula (2) with an excess of NH ₄ OH in the presence of a base at 0°C. Compounds of formula (3), wherein Ri is not hydrogen and R ₄ is hydrogen, may be obtained by stepwise reaction of a compound of formula (2) with R1NH2 in acetonitrile in the presence of a base and then with NH ₄ OH in dioxane. Alternatively, compounds of formula (3) wherein both Ri and R ₄ are not hydrogen, may be obtained by using in the first step R _I NH ₂ and in the second step R ₄ NH ₂ respectively.

The compound of formula (3) may be converted into a compound of formula (4) by reaction with triphosgene in dichloromethane at 0°C, eventually in the presence of a base, or by reaction with l,l-carbonyldiimidazole and trimethylamine in DMF at about l50°C.

The compound of formula (3) may also be converted into a compound of formula (5) by reaction with a carboxylic acid of formula R ₂ COOH at 80-100 °C.

Compounds of formula (6), wherein R ₃ is hydrogen, may be obtained from a compound of formula (5) by reduction with a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride in water/THF at room temperature.

Alternatively, a compound of formula (6) may be obtained from a compound of formula (3) by reaction with an aldehyde, a ketone, or the relative acetal or ketal, in the presence of an acid in the appropriate solvent. Tipically the reaction is carried out at a temperature comprised between 65 °C and 140 °C, by using 4N HC1 in isopropyl alcohol, 4N HC1 in dioxane or para-toluenesulfonic acid in dioxane in the presence of magnesium sulfate. In some case microwave irradiation can be used to accelerate the reaction.

Protecting groups such as TBDMS, TES, SEM, BOC may be present during any of the reactions steps, and can be removed by standard chemistry.

In some cases the reactions steps indicated in Scheme 1 may be slightly modified either in the order or in the starting materials employed, as for example in the synthesis of compounds E88 and E89 (Scheme 2):

Scheme 2

Alternatively, the reaction steps can also be carried out in the order indicated in Scheme 3 below, as for the synthesis of compounds E90 and E91:

Scheme 3

Compound E92 may be prepared according to Scheme 4:

Scheme 4

In a further alternative preparation, compound E93 may be prepared according to the following Scheme 5:

Scheme 5

Compounds E94-E-109 and El 11-El 18 can be prepared according to the routes indicated in Scheme 6:

Scheme 6

In Scheme 6, the synthetic strategy is to use a bifunctional amine in the formation of the sulphonamide, thus obtaining compounds of general formula (7a), (7b) or (7c), wherein X is NH, O or a protected nitrogen (like, for example, NBoc). The subsequent cyclization is carried out in the presence of the suitable base such as cesium carbonate or sodium hydride. A deprotection step is required when the amino functionality is protected. Compound El 10 was prepared according to Scheme 7:

Scheme 7

Compound E138 can be prepared as described in the following Scheme 8, from the commercially available carboxylic acid indicated below:

EN300-74023 E138

Scheme 8

As indicated in Scheme 9, compounds of formula (10) where Re = F or Rf = F and R ₂ = H, NFF or NH(CO)CH3, can be prepared from a compound of formula (9) by reaction with cesium carbonate in DMSO at l00°C under microwave irradiation. Compounds of formula (9) can be obtained form compounds of formula (2) as previously indicated for the transformation of (2) to (3) in Scheme 1 and for the transformation of (2) to (7a), (7b) and (7c) in Scheme 6.

Scheme 9

In some circumstances the desired inhibitors can be converted into other compounds of the invention by simple functional group manipulations known to those skilled in the art. For instance, protected amines can be deprotected and functionalised with reactions such as couplig to carboxylic acid derivatives or by reductive amination reactions.

The following Examples illustrate the preparation of certain compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) and salts thereof. The Descriptions 1 to 130 illustrate the preparation of intermediates used to make compounds of formula (I), (la), (lb) or (Ic) and salts thereof. In the procedures that follow, for the starting material reference is typically provided to a procedure in the Descriptions or in the Examples. This is provided merely for assistance to the skilled chemist. The starting material may not necessarily have been prepared from the batch of the Description or the Example referred to.

Examples

Description 1: 3-(chlorosulfonyl)-4-fluorobenzoyl chloride (Dl)

3-Chlorosulfonyl-4-fluoro-benzoic acid (Fluorochem, cat n° 037319) (14.2g, 59.5lmmol) was added to thionyl chloride (80.39mL, l l06.9mmol) in a single portion. The resulting yellowish solution was heated to reflux for 4hrs, giving a slurry. Solvent was removed in vacuo by co- evaporation with toluene, giving the title compound D1 (l5.4g, 59.9lmmol) as a brown oil.

Description 2: 2-chloro-5-(chlorosulfonyl)-4-fluorobenzoyl chloride (D2)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of compound Dl, starting from 2-Chloro-5-chlorosulfonyl-4-fluoro-benzoic acid (Enamine, cat. n° EN300-01843).

Description 3: 2-bromo-5-(chlorosulfonyl)-4-fluorobenzoyl chloride (D3)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of Dl, starting from 2- Bromo-5-(chlorosulfonyl)-4-fluorobenzoic acid (Enamine, cat. n° EN300-52736).

Description 4: 5-(chlorosulfonyl)-2,4-difluorobenzoyl chloride (D4)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of Dl, starting from 5- (Chlorosulfonyl)-2,4-difluorobenzoic acid (Enamine, cat. n° EN300-59276).

Description 5: 3-(chlorosulfonyl)-4,5-difluorobenzoyl chloride (D5)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of Dl, starting from 3-(Chlorosulfonyl)-4,5-difluorobenzoic acid (Enamine, cat. n° EN300- 107773).

Description 6: 5-(chlorosulfonyl)-4-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl chloride (D6):

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of Dl, starting from 5- (chlorosulfonyl)-4-fluoro-2-methylbenzoic acid (Enamine, cat. n° EN300-114063).

Description 7: 2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride (D7)

Dl (15.4g, 59.9lmmol) was dissolved in toluene (l40mL), heated to reflux and then a solution of 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline (8.8 lg, 59.9lmmol) in toluene (50 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. A suspension was formed and refluxed for lh. The reaction was cooled to room tempearture, filtered and the cake obtained washed with a small amount of toluene, giving the title compound D7 (14.5g, 39.43mmol) as off-white solid. 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- _< ¾) d ppm 7.32 (t, J 9.03 Hz,

1 H) 7.68 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 7.90 - 8.03 (m, 1 H) 8.30 (dd, J=6.83, 2.43 Hz, 1 H) 10.71 (s, 1 H). Method 1 : Rt=2.43min, m/z=368.32 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 8: 5-((3,4-difluorophenyl)carbamoyl)-2-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (D8)

To a solution of Dl (1.8 g, 7.0 mmol) in dry toluene (13.5 mL) at 90°C, triethylamine (1 mL, 7.175 mmol) and a solution of 3,4-difluoroaniline (0.904 g, 7.0 mmol) in dry toluene (3.5 mL) were added dropwise. Reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 30 min, then was allowed to cool at room temperature and diluted with dichloromethane. Organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a beige solid (2.39 g) as crude product was suspended in DCM (5 mL) and sonicated. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with DCM and dried at vacuum pump to afford the title compound D8 as white powder ppm 7.26 - 7.48 (m, 3 H) 7.52 - 7.61 (m, 1 H) 7.9l - 7.99 (m, 2 H) 8.30 (dd, =6.88, 2.38 Hz, 1 H) 10,59 (s, 1 H). Method 1 : Rt=2.43min, m/z=350.02 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 9: 2,4-difluoro-5-[(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl]benzene-l-s ulfonyl chloride (D9)

To a stirred solution of D4 (1.02 g, 3.70 mmol) in dry toluene (6 mL) at 70°C, a solution of dry DIPEA (0.650 mL, 3.70 mmol) and 3,4,5-Trifluoroaniline (0,545 g, 3.70 mmol) in dry toluene (2 mL) were added dropwise. Temperature was increased to 90°C. After 30 mixture was allowed to cool at room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane and the organic layer was washed with brine, then was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound D9 as beige solid (1.52 g). Method 1 : Rt=2.37min, m/z=386. l2 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 10: 2,3-difluoro-5-[(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl]benzene-l-s ulfonyl chloride (D10)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of D8, starting from D5. Method 1; Rt=2.48min, m/z=385.89 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 11: 5- [(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)carbamoyl] -2-fluorobenzene- 1-sulfonyl chloride (Dll)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D8 starting from 3- (chlorosulfonyl)-4-fluorobenzoyl chloride D1 and using 3-Chloro-4-fluoroaniline instead of 3,4- Difluoroaniline, to give the title compound Dll. Method 1 : Rt=2.43min, m/z=366.0l (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 12: 2-fluoro-5-((4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)be nzenesulfonyl chloride (D12)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D7, using as starting material D1 (500mg, l.94mmol) and 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (0.25mL, l.94mmol) instead of 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give to give the title compound D12 (805mg) as beige solid, that was used in the next synthetic step directly.

Description 13: 5-((3-cyano-4-fluorophenyl)carbamoyl)-2-fluorobenzenesulfony l chloride (D13)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D7, using as starting materials D1 and 5-Amino-2-fluorobenzonitrile instead of 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline.

Description 14: 5-((3-(difluoromethyl)-4-fluorophenyl)carbamoyl)-2-fluoroben zenesulfonyl chloride (D14)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D7, using as starting materials D1 and 3-(Difluoromethyl)-4-fluoroaniline instead of 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline.

Description 15: 5-((6-chloropyridin-3-yl)carbamoyl)-2-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (D15)

D1 (307mg, l.l9mmol) was dissolved in Toluene (2.7mL) and heated to 90°C. A suspension of 6-chloropyridin-3 -amine (l53.5mg, l.l9mmol) in Toluene (l.2mL) was slowly added and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 1 lO°C for 20min. DIPEA (0.3 lmL, l.79mmol) was then added, and the reaction was refluxed at H0°C for another lh50min. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude title compound D15 (702mg) as brown oil, that was used in the next synthetic step directly. Method 1; Rt=2.l7min, m/z=349.00 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 16: 2-fluoro-4-methyl-5-((3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)benzen esulfonyl chloride (D16)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D7, starting from 5- (chlorosulfonyl)-4-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl chloride D6. Method 1; Rt=2.49min, m/z=382.l l (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 17: 2-fluoro-5-((4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)carbamoyl)benzenesulfon yl chloride

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D7, using as starting materials D1 and 4-Fluoro-3-methylaniline instead of 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline. Method 1; Rt=2.38min, m/z=346.l7 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 18: 5-((3,5-difluoro-4-methylphenyl)carbamoyl)-2-fluorobenzenesu lfonyl chloride (D18)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D7, using as starting materials D1 and 3,5-Difluoro-4-methylaniline instead of 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline. Method 1; Rt=2.54min, m/z=364.20 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 19: 2-fluoro-5-((2,3,4-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride (D19)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D7, using as starting materials D1 and 2,3,4-trifluoroaniline instead of 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline. Method 1; Rt=2.29min, m/z=368.l9 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 20: 2-fluoro-5-((2,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride (D20)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D7, using as starting materials D1 and 2,4,5-trifluoroaniline instead of 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline. Method 1; Rt=2.32min, m/z=368.39 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 21: 2-fluoro-5-((2,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride (D21)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D7, using as starting materials D1 and 2-chloro-4-fluoroaniline instead of 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline. Method 1; Rt=2.32min, m/z=366.03 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 22: 4-fluoro-3-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D22)

D7 (3g, 8.l6mmol) was dissolved in l,4-dioxane (20mL,0.23mol) and added in a single portion to ammonia (l0.42mL,l63. l8mmol) at 0°C. The reaction was stirred l5min then diluted with water and extracted with 2Me-THF. The organic layer was washed with 6N HC1 and evaporated giving a brown solid (2.5g) that was triturated with DCM giving the title compound D22 (2g, 5.74mmol) as off-white solid. Method 1; Rt: l .85min. m/z: 349.21 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 23: 2-chloro-4-fluoro-5-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benza mide (D23)

A 20mL vial was charged with 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline (245.4mg, l .67mmol) then a solution of D2 (22l .04mg, 0.76mmol) in toluene (5mL) was added in a single portion. The vial was sealed and the reaction mixture stirred for 1 Omin at room temperature, resulting in a white slurry. The reaction was diluted with toluene (3mL) and heated by microwave irradiation at 70°C for 20min. The reaction slurry was cooled to room temperature and poured into a flask containing acqu. NH ₄ OH (aprox. 30mL) and stirred vigourously at room temperature overnight. The resulting white slurry, was diluted with DCM, treated with ice and acidified with 6N HC1 until pH=l . The organic layer was diluted with EtOAc, washed with 6N HC1 two times and brine, dried over MgS0 ₄ (dry), filtered and finally evaporated giving the title compound D23 (250mg, 0.65mmol) as white solid.

NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 7.13 - 7.30 (m, 1 H) 7.53 - 7.66 (m, 2 H) 7.89 - 8.02 (m, 3 H) 11.05 (s, 1 H). Method 9; Rt: 2.02min. m/z: 383.05 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 24: 2-bromo-4-fluoro-5-sulfamoyl-/V-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benza mide (D24)

A 20mL vial was charged with D3 (500mg, l.49mmol), 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline (437.85mg, 2.98mmol) and toluene (4mL). The vial was sealed and stirred at room temperature giving after lOmin a white suspension. The reaction was diluted with toluene (3mL) and the reaction mixture was heated by microwave irradiation at l00°C for l5min, diluted with toluene (5mL) and poured into 37% NH ₄ OH (20mL). MeCN (2mL) was added and the resulting mixture stirred for 4hrs at room temperature.

The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and extracted with EtOAc; the organic layer was dried over MgS0 ₄ (dry), filtered and evaporated giving the title compound D24 (700mg, purity 75%). This intermediate was used in the next step without any purification. Method 1 ; Rt: 1 93min. m/z: 427.16 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 25: N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-4-fluoro-3-sulfamoylbenzamide (D25)

Dll (200mg, 0,55mmol) was suspended in MeCN (2mL), cooled to 0°C with ice bath, then treated with a single portion of aqueous ammonia (2.l8mL, l0.92mmol). The reaction was stirred 5min at 0°C giving a yellowish solution. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. Solvent was removed in vacuo affording the title compound D25 (200mg, 0,55mmol). Method 1; Rt: l.88min. m/z: 346.98(M+H) ⁺ .

Description 26: 4-fluoro-3-(methylsulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzam ide (D26)

To a solution of D7 (150 mg, 0.41 mmol) in MeCN (3.55 mL) cooled to 0°C, DIPEA (217.17 uL, 1.22 mmol) and methanamine (27.54 mg, 0.41 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 5h. Water (5 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min. DCM (5 mL) was added and the stirring was continued for further 15 min. The solution was filtered on phase separator and the organic layer was concentrated under vacuo to give the crude title compound D26 (151 mg) which was used without purification. Method 1; Rt=2.0lmin, m/z=362.79 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 27 : 3,4-difluoro-5- [(iminomethyl)sulfamoyl] -N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D27)

To a solution of D10 (l .95mmol) in MeCN (20mL) formamidine hydrochloride (3 l3.22mg, 3.89mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (l .02mL, 5.84mmol) were added at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for lh. The reaction was concentrated under vacuo, the residue was taken up with DCM and washed with water, 5% citric acid solution, and aq.sat. NaHCCh solution. Organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The residue was triturated with DCM/EtOAc, to obtain the title compound D27 (406mg) as white solid. Method 1; Rt=l .93min, m/z=394.00 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 28: 2,4-difluoro-5-(N-(iminomethyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D28)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation ofof D27, using as starting material D9 (187 mg, 0.485 mmol), to afford the title compound D28 as white solid (90 mg). Method 1; Rt: l .8lmin. m/z: 394.06 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 29: 3-(carbamimidoylsulfamoyl)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl )benzamide (D29)

A 20mL vial was charged with D7 (200mg, 0,544mmol), guanidine hydrochloride (60mg, 0.628mmol) and MeCN (2mL). The vial was sealed and evacuated. The reddish suspension was cooled to 0°C with ice bath then a solution of DIPEA (200uL, l.l4mmol) in MeCN (lmL) was added dropwise at the same temperature. The reaction mixture (a suspension) was stirred for 5min at 0°C then at room temperature for lh. Solvent was removed in vacuo giving the title compound D29 (2l2mg, 0.326mmol). Method 9; Rt: l.78min. m/z: 391.09 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 30: 3-[(7V-acetylcarbamimidoyl)sulfamoyl]-4-fluoro-7V-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D30)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D29, using as starting material compound D7 and N-carbamimidoylacetamide instead of guanidine hydrochloride.

Method 9; Rt: 2.00min. m/z: 433.17 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 31: (R)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3-(N-(l,l _? l-trifluoropropan-2- yl)sulfamoyl)benzamide (D31)

D7 (lOOmg, 0.27mmol) was suspended in MeCN (2mL), DIPEA (0.24mL, l.36mmol) and (2R)- l,l,l-trifluoro-2-propanamine hydrochloride (8l.34mg, 0.54mmol) were added, and the resulting solution was stirred at RT for 3h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed twice with 3N HC1 solution. Organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo, to obtain the crude title compound D31 (88mg) that was used in the next step without further purification. Method 1; Rt=2.32min, m/z=445.06 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 32: (S)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3-(N-(l,l _? l-trifluoropropan-2- yl)sulfamoyl)benzamide (D32)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of compound D31, using (2S)-l,l,l-trifluoro-2-propanamine hydrochloride instead of (2R)-l,l,l-Trifluoro-2-propanamine hydrochloride. Method 1; Rt=2.32min, m/z=445.l3 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 33 : 3-(N-cyclopropylsulfamoyl)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl )benzamide (D33)

A suspension of cyclopropanamine hydrochloride (H3.06uL, l.63mmol) in MeCN (lmL) was treated at 0°C with DIPEA and then with D7 (l50mg, 0.41 mmol). The resulting yellow solution was stirred at room temperature. Solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in 1/1 EtOAc/2-Methyl-THF and poured into a separating funnel. The organic layer was washed with 6N HC1, NaHCCh aq.sat. solution and brine, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated giving the title compound D33 (l25mg) as white solid. Method 1; Rt: 2.l6min. m/z: 389.l3(M+H) ⁺ .

Description 34: trans-4-fluoro-3-(N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5 - trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D34)

A suspension of /r _< v-4-aminocyclohcxan- 1 -ol hydrochloride (80mg, 0,53mmol) in MeCN (lmL) was treated at 0°C with triethylamine (l97.92uL, l.43mmol) and then with D7 (l50mg, 0.41 mmol) The resulting solution become a white suspension and it was stirred at room temperature. Solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in 1/1 EtOAc/2-Methyl- THF and poured into a separating funnel. The organic layer was washed with 6N HC1, NaHCCh aq.sat.solution and brine, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated giving the title compound D34 (lOOmg) as white solid. Method 1; Rt: l.90min. m/z: 447.l6(M+H) ⁺ .

Description 35: ci\-4-fluoro-3-(N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D35)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D31, using cis-4- amino-cyclohexanol hydrochloride instead of (2R)-l,l,l-trifluoro-2-propanamine hydrochloride. Method 1; Rt=2.00min, m/z=447.22 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 36: trans-4-fluoro-5-(N-((4-hydroxycyclohexyl)sulfamoyl)-2-methy l-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D36)

D16 (lOOmg, 0.26mmol) was dissolved in MeCN (l.3mL) and cooled to 0°C. Triethylamine (0.13mL, 0.92mmol) and trans-4-aminocyclohexanol hydrochloride (43.7mg, 0.29mmol) were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for lh. EtOAc and few drops of MeOH were added, and the mixture was washed with 5% citric acid solution and sat. NaHC03 solution. Organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo, to obtain crude D36 (l22mg) as white solid. Method 1; Rt: 2.03min. m/z: 461.34 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 37: 4-fluoro-3-(N-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)sulfamoyl)-N-(3 ,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D37)

0-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)hydroxylamine (3l8.6mg, 2.72mmol) was dissolved in water

(278uL) and cooled to 0°C. A solution of potassium hydrogen carbonate (!36.l4mg, l.36mmol) in water (4l7uL) was added dropwise keeping temperature below lO°C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min at the same temperature, then MeOH (348uL) and THF (l.4mL) were added. D7 (500mg, l.36mmol) was added portionwise over lOmin. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for lh then extracted with 2-Methyl-THF, washed with brine two times, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ (dry), filtered and finally evaporated, giving the title compound D37 (600mg, l.34mmol). Method 5; Rt: 2.25min. m/z: 561.24 (M+CF ₃ COO)\

Description 38: tert-butyl 4-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonamido)piperidine-l-ca rboxylate (D38)

Tert-butyl 4-aminopiperidine-l-carboxylate (245.11 mg, l .22mmol) was suspended in MeCN (2mL), cooled to 0°C and treated with a single portion of D7 (l50mg, 0.4lmmol). The resulting white suspension was stirred at room temperature for lh. Solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in 1/1 EtOAc/2-Methyl-THF and poured into a separating funnel. The organic layer was washed with 6N HC1, NaHCCh sat. solution and brine, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated giving the title compound D38 (l40mg) as white solid. Method 1; Rt: 2.37min. m/z: 432.23(M-Boc) ⁺ .

Description 39: 3-(N-(4,4-diethoxybutyl)sulfamoyl)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D39)

D7 (l50mg, 0.4lmmol) was dissolved in MeCN (lmL) and treated with a single portion of 4- aminobutyraldehyde diethylacetal (204.4uL, l.l8mmol) dissolved in MeCN (0.3mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for l5min. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM, washed with 0,5N HC1 and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in DCM, washed with 0,5N HC1, brine, 1N NaOH, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and evaporated. The residue (l87mg, yellow oil) was dissolved in toluene (lmL) and treated with PE (5mL) giving a milky suspension. After sonication a sticky precipitate appeared; the mother liquor was removed by decantation giving the title compound D39 (l lOmg) as sticky gum. Method 1; Rt: 2.34min. m/z: 401.22 (M-20Et) ⁺ .

Description 40: 4-fluoro-3-(N-(pyridin-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophe nyl)benzamide (D40)

D7 (50mg, 0.l4mmol) was suspended in MeCN (lmL), treated with triethylamine (56.55uL, 0.4lmmol) and pyridin-4-amine (40mg, 0.43mmol) resulting in a yellowish solution. The reaction was diluted with 2-Methyl-THF and EtOAc and acidified with 1N HC1 to pH=l (by paper), poured into a separating funnel and the acqueous layer separated. The aqueous layer was basified with NaHCCh and extracted with EtOAc; the combined organic extracts were evaporated, giving a residue containing the crude product (60mg). The crude product was suspended in DCM and filtered giving the title compound D40 as yellowish solid. Method 1; Rt: l.57min. m/z: 426.15 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 41: tert-butyl ((lS,2S)-2-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonamido)cyclopentyl)car bamate (D41)

A solution of D7 (70mg, 0.l9mmol was dissolved in MeCN (400uL) and treated with a solution oftert-Butyl [(lS,2S)-2-aminocyclopentyl]carbamate (76.26mg, 0.38mmol) in MeCN (500uL) at 0°C. The reaction solution was stirred for 5min, resulting in a white suspension. The reaction was filtered and the filtrate was discarded. The mother liquor was evaporated, dissolved in DCM, washed with 1M NaOH and 5% citric acid aq. solution, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated yielding the title compound D41 (60mg,0.l l mmol) as yellowish oil. Method 1; Rt: 2.42min. m/z: 432.16 (M-Boc) ⁺ .

Description 42: 3-(N-((lS,2S)-2-aminocyclopentyl)sulfamoyl)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4, 5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D42)

A solution of D41 (60mg, 0.1 lmmol) in DCM (lmL) was treated at room temperature with TFA (l.04mL, l3.54mmol) and stirred at the same temperature for lh. Solvent was removed giving the title compound D42 TFA salt (70mg) as brownish solid. Method 1; Rt: l.50min. m/z: 432.23(M+H)+.

Description D43 : 4-fluoro-3-(N-(oxetan-3-yl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophen yl)benzamide (D43)

A solution of D7 (300mg, 0.82mmol) in MeCN (2mL) was added to 3-oxetanamine (0.06mL, 0.82mmol) in a single portion at room temperature. The resulting white suspension was stirred at the same temperature for lhr. Solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue dissolved in DCM, washed with 5% citric acid aqueous solution, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated giving the title compound D43 (300mg,0.74mmol) as white solid. Method 1; Rt: l.99min. m/z: 405.l4(M+H) ⁺ .

Description 44: tert-butyl (S)-3-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonamido)pyrrolidine-l-c arboxylate (D44)

A solution of D7 (200mg, 0,54mmol) in MeCN (2mL) was added to tert-butyl (S)-3- aminopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (202.6 lmg, l.09mmol in a single portion at room temperature. The resulting white suspension was stirred at room temperature for lhr. Solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue dissolved in DCM, washed with 5% citric acid aqueous solution, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated giving the title compound D44 (280mg, 0.54mmol)as oil. Method 1; Rt: 2.35min. m/z: 5l8.22(M+H) ⁺ .

Description 45: 4-fluoro-3-(N-(3-hydroxycyclobutyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D45)

A solution of 3 -aminocyclo butanol hydrochloride (l34.44mg, l.09mmol)in MeCN (2mL) was treated with a single portion of DIPEA (229.33uL, l.63mmol) and then with D7 (200mg, 0,54mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for lh. Solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue dissolved in DCM, washed with 5% citric acid aqueous solution, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated giving the title compound D45 (220mg, 0.526mmol) as oil. Method 1; Rt: l.89min. m/z: 419.19(M+H) ⁺ .

Description 46: 4-fluoro-3-(N-((lS,3S)-3-hydroxycyclopentyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3, 4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D46)

A suspension of (lS,3S)-3-Aminocyclopentan-l-ol hydrochloride 56.l4mg,0.4l0mmol (cod. I- 9981, Advanced ChemB locks) in MeCN (l.5mL) was treated with N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2- amine (l98.95uL,l.l4mmol) and stirred at room temperature for l5min. The reaction solution was cooled with ice bath and treated with a single portion of D7 (l00.mg,0.270mmol) and stirred for 5min at 0°C and at room temperature for lOmin giving a yellow solution. Solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was partitioned in DCM and citric acid (5% acq. solution). The organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ (anh.), filtered and evaporated, giving D46 (l05mg).

Description 47: tert-butyl (2-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonamido)ethyl)carbamate (D47)

D7 (80mg, 0.220mmol) was dissolved in MeCN (l.2mL) and cooled to 0°C. Triethylamine (0.06mL, 0.440mmol) and tert-butyl(2-aminoethyl)carbamate (0.07mL, 0.440mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for lOmin then at RT for 40min. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed twice with 5% citric acid solution. Organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (DCM/MeOH) to obtain the title compound D47 (84mg) as white solid. Method 1; Rt=2.23min, m/z=492T4 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 1.35 (s, 9 H) 2.79 - 3.07 (m, 4 H) 6.57 - 6.91 (m, 1 H) 7.53 - 7.82 (m, 3 H) 8.04 (br s, 1 H) 8.23 - 8.32 (m, 1 H) 8.38 (dd, =6.88, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 10.77 (br s, 1 H).

Description 48: 3-(N-(2-aminoethyl)sulfamoyl)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D48)

D47 (82mg, 0.l70mmol) was dissolved in DCM (l.5mL) and MeOH (0.3mL) and HC1 4N in dioxane (l.04mL, 0.l7mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for lh. The reaction was concentrated under vacuo to obtain the title compound D48 as HC1 salt (70mg) as white solid. Method 9; Rt=l.43min, m/z=392.l7 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/r,) d ppm 2.89 (t, =6.60 Hz, 2 H) 3.13 (t, =6.79 Hz, 2 H) 7.68 - 7.83 (m, 3 H) 8.02 (br s, 3 H) 8.30 - 8.39 (m, 1 H) 8.43 (dd, =6.88, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 10.92 (s, 1 H).

Description 49: ci\-4-amino-3-(N-(4-hydrox\c\clohexyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D49)

A pressure vessel was charged with D35, l,4-dioxane and 33% aqueous ammonia. The pressure vessel was sealed and the reaction mixture was stirred 5 min at RT, then heated at 95° for 8h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and water, organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude product was purified by preparative HPLC. Method 3; Rt=3.24min, m/z=444.25 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.35 (m, =3.30 Hz,

4 H) 1.43 - 1.62 (m, 4 H) 2.82 - 3.08 (m, 1 H) 3.49 - 3.58 (m, 2 H) 6.52 (br s, 2 H) 6.87 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.53 - 7.79 (m, 3 H) 7.88 (dd, =8.7l, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 8.23 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.33 (s, 1 H).

Description 50: trans-4-amino-5-(N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)sulfamoyl)-2-methyl- N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D50)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D49, starting ffom D36. Method 3; Rt=2.03min, m/z=46l.34 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 51: 4-amino-3-(N-(4,4-diethoxybutyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D51)

D39 (l lOmg, 0.22mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (0,5mL), treated with aqueous ammonia (527.2uL, 4.47mmol) and heated at l00°C for 5hrs in a closed vial. Solvent was removed in vacuo giving the title compound D51 (lOOmg). Method 1; Rt: 2.35min. m/z: 512.15.16 (M+Na) ⁺ .

Description 52: 4-amino-3-(N-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)sulfamoyl)-N-(3, 4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D52)

A mixture of D37 (80mg, 0.l8mmol) and aq. ammonia (500uL) in l,4-Dioxane (500uL) was heated at l00°C-l20°C for 4hrs. The reaction was partitioned between water and 2-Methyl-THF. The organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated giving the title compound D52 (79mg, 0.l8mmol) which was used in the next step without any purification. Method 1; Rt: 2.l6min. m/z: 446.2 l(M+H) ⁺ .

Description 53: methyl 4-fluoro-3-methyl-5-sulfamoylbenzoate (D53)

Prepared by reaction of methyl 3-(chlorosulfonyl)-4-fluoro-5-methylbenzoate with ammonia according to procedure described for the preparation of the preparation of D22; Rt=l .39min, m/z=248.l4 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 54: Synthesis of compound: 4-fluoro-3-methyl-5-sulfamoyl-7V-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D54)

To a solution of methyl 4-fluoro-3-methyl-5-sulfamoylbenzoate D53 (l50mg, 0.6l0mmol) and 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline (1 l6mg 0.79mmol) in dry THF (3mL), lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide 1M in THF (3.52mL, 3.52mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3h, then more 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline (50mg, 0.340mmol) and lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide 1M in THF (lmL, lmmol) were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction was quenched with sat. NH ₄ Cl solution, and EtOAc was added. Organic layer was washed with brine, then was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The residue was triturated with PE, to obtain the title compound D54 (2l8mg) as light-brown solid, that was used without further purification. Method 1; Rt=l .97min, m/z=363.l2 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 2.40 (d, =2. l l Hz, 3 H) 7.63 - 8.01 (m, 4 H) 8.12 - 8.19 (m, 1 H) 8.19 - 8.25 (m, 1 H) 10.79 (br s, 1 H).

Description 55: methyl 6-chloro-5-sulfamoylnicotinate (D55)

Methyl 6-chloro-5-(chlorosulfonyl)nicotinate (Enamine, cat.n°EN300-4l733) (525mg, l .94mmol) was dissolved in l,4-dioxane (2mL), 33% aqueous ammonia (2.29mL,l9.44mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred 20min at RT. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and water, the phases were separated, the organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo to obtain crude title compound D55 (285mg) that was used without further purification. Method 1; Rt=l.20min, m/z=250.9l (M+H) ⁺ .

Description D56: 6-chloro-5-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)nicotinamide (D56)

To a solution of crude compound D55 (l44mg, 0,570mmol) and 3,4,5-trifluoroaniline (109.9mg, 0.750mmol) in dry THF (2.5mL), lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide 1M in THF (3.33mL, 3.33mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for lh. The reaction was quenched with sat. NH ₄ Cl solution, and EtOAc was added. The organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound D56 (40mg) as light-yellow solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.l7min, m/z: 366.10 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 7.61 - 7.82 (m, 2 H) 8.01 (s, 2 H) 8.81 (d, J=229 Hz, 1 H) 9.13 (d, =2.29 Hz, 1 H) 11.00 (s, 1 H).

Description 57: 4-amino-3-sulfamoylbenzoic acid (D57)

To a solution of 3-(chlorosulfonyl)-4-fluorobenzoic acid (Fluorochem, cat n° 037319) (1 g, 4.19 mmol) in l,4-dioxane (10.61 mL) aqueous ammonia (5.31 mL, 136.35 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred in a sealed vial at 90°C for 6h, at l20°C for 17 h. An aliquota of aqueous ammonia (5.31 mL, 136.35 mmol) was added and the stirring continued overnight at l30°C. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was dissolved in 2N HC1 solution up to acid pH. The solid precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried out to afford the title compound D57 (704.33 mg) as solid which was used without purification. Method 1; Rt=0.82min, m/z=2l7.l9 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 58: 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxylic acid 1,1-dioxide (D58)

In a pressure vessel, to a solution of D57 (300 mg, 1.39 mmol) in IPA (13.61 mL) were added formaldehyde (152.91 uL, 5.55 mmol) and 4N HC1 solution in l,4-dioxane (1 drop). The reaction mixture was stirred at 65°C for lh. Satured aqueous K2CO3 solution and EtOAc were added and the two phases separated. The aqueous layer was acidified with 2N HC1 solution. The precipitate was filtered to give the title compound D58 (223.7 mg) as light yellow solid. The solid was used without purification. Method 1; Rt=0.93min, m/z=229.l5 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 59: methyl 4-amino-3-sulfamoylbenzoate (D59)

A mixture of 4-amino-3-sulfamoylbenzoic acid D57 (30 mg, 0.14 mmol) and sulfuric acid (16.9 uL, 0.32 mmol) in methanol (706 uL) was heated at reflux for 6 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried to afford the crude title compound D59 (9.98 mg) which was used without purification. Method 1; Rt=l .l3min, m/z=23 l .24 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 60: methyl 3, 4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [1,2, 4]thiadiazine-7-carboxylate 1,1-dioxide (D60)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of the preparation of D58 starting from methyl 4-amino-3-sulfamoylbenzoate D59. The crude title compound D60 was used without purification. Method 1; Rt=l .26min, m/z=243.00 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 61: trans-4-amino-3-(N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D61)

A solution of D34 (lOOmg, 0.22mmol) in aqueous ammonia (80l.08uL, 2.24mmol)and 1,4- dioxane (lmL) was heated at l00°C for 8 hrs in a closed vial. Solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was treated with toluene and further evaporated. Solvent traces were removed by high vacuum pump, giving a residue as off- white solid (108mg). A sample of this crude material (20mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%oTFA), affording the title compound D61 (9mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.11. m/z: 444.25 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 0.87 - 1.35 (m, 4 H) 1.50 - 1.86 (m, 4 H) 2.78 - 2.97 (m, 1 H) 3.20 - 3.34 (m, 2 H) 6.51 (br s, 2 H) 6.88 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.54 - 7.82 (m, 3 H) 7.89 (dd, =8.7l, 2.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.23 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.34 (s, 1 H). NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de+TFA) d ppm 0.87 - 1.37 (m, 4 H) 1.45 - 1.86 (m, 4 H) 2.79 - 3.01 (m, 1 H) 3.14 - 3.43 (m, 1 H) 6.88 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.55 - 7.82 (m, 3 H) 0.00 (dd, =8.50, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.23 (d, J=2A 1 Hz, 1 H) 10.33 (s, 1 H).

Description 62: tert-butyl 4-(l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7-((3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)-3, 4- dihydro-2H-benzo [e] [ 1 ,2,4] thiadiazin-2-yl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate (D62)

D124 (50mg, 0.09mmol) and di(lH-imidazol-l-yl)methanone (43.2mg, 0.27mmol) were mixed in DMF (500uL) and heated at l50°C for l lmin. Solvent was removed in vacuo, diluted with EtOAc and washed with 0,5N HC1. The organic were dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated giving the title compound D62 (23mg). Method 1; Rt: 2.45min. m/z: 455.26(M-Boc) ⁺ .

Description 63: 4-(hydroxyamino)-3-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzam ide (D63)

A solution of D22 (40mg, O.l lmmol), hydroxylamine chloridrate (23.94mg, 0.34mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (33.77mg, 0.4mmol) in DMSO (lmL) were charged in a 5mL vial and stirred at room temperature overnight then at l00°C for 4hrs. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, poured into water and extracted with 2-Methyl-THF. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and evaporated in vacuo, giving the title compound D63 (48mg, 0.l3mmol) as oil. Method 1; Rt: l.80min. m/z: 362.04.16 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 64: tert- butyl ((l-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)piperidin-2-yl)met hyl)carbamate (D64)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D47, using tert-butyl(piperidin-2-ylmethyl)carbamate instead of tert-butyl (2-aminoethyl)carbamate. Method 3; Rt=4.25min, m/z=546.l 1 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 0.94 - 1.18 (m, 1 H) 1.19 - 1.31 (m, 1 H) 1.35 (s, 9 H) 1.41 - 1.67 (m, 4 H) 2.98 - 3.25 (m, 3 H) 3.57 - 3.80 (m, 1 H) 3.88 - 4.16 (m, 1 H) 6.67 - 6.89 (m, 1 H) 7.58 - 7.82 (m, 3 H) 8.20 - 8.34 (m, 1 H) 8.36 -

8.49 (m, 1 H) 10.79 (s, 1 H).

Description 65: 3-((2-(aminomethyl)piperidin-l-yl)sulfonyl)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4, 5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D65)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D48, using as starting material D64. The title compound D65 was obtained as HC1 salt. Method 3; Rt=2.7lmin, m/z=446.28 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 0.98 - 1.33 (m, 2 H) 1.38 - 1.60 (m, 3 H) 1.60 - 1.75 (m, 1 H) 2.98 - 3.14 (m, 2 H) 3.15 - 3.28 (m, 1 H) 3.70 - 3.90 (m, 1 H) 4.14 - 4.33 (m, 1 H) 7.70 - 7.82 (m, 3 H) 7.88 (br s, 2 H) 8.30 - 8.42 (m, 1 H) 8.47 (dd, =6.88, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 10.98 (br s, 1 H).

Description 66: tert- butyl (S)-((l-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)piperidin-2-yl)met hyl)carbamate (D66)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D47, using (S)-tert-butyl(piperidin-2-ylmethyl)carbamate instead of tert-butyl(2- aminoethyl)carbamate, and diisopropylethylamine instead of triethylamine. Method 1; Rt=2.49min, m/z=546.l8 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 0.98 - 1.19 (m, 1 H) 1.21 - 1.30 (m, 1 H) 1.35 (s, 9 H) 1.43 - 1.67 (m, 4 H) 2.98 - 3.26 (m, 3 H) 3.55 - 3.85 (m, 1 H) 3.88 - 4.14 (m, 1 H) 6.69 - 6.92 (m, 1 H) 7.53 - 7.84 (m, 3 H) 8.17 - 8.36 (m, 1 H) 8.37 - 8.51 (m, 1 H) 10.77 (s, 1 H).

Description 67: (S)-3-((2-(aminomethyl)piperidin-l-yl)sulfonyl)-4-fluoro-N-( 3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D67)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D48, using as starting material D66. Product obtained as HC1 salt. Method 1; Rt=l.52min, m/z=446.l4 (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 0.99 - 1.31 (m, 2 H) 1.36 - 1.60 (m, 3 H) 1.60 - 1.78 (m, 1 H) 2.98 - 3.15 (m, 2 H) 3.15 - 3.28 (m, 1 H) 3.71 - 3.90 (m, 1 H) 4.16 - 4.32 (m, 1 H) 7.68 - 7.84 (m, 3 H) 7.99 (br s, 3 H) 8.29 - 8.42 (m, 1 H) 8.43 - 8.53 (m, 1 H) 10.97 (s, 1 H). Description 68: tert- butyl (R)-((l-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)piperidin-2-yl)met hyl)carbamate (D68)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D47, using (R)-tert-butyl(piperidin-2-ylmethyl)carbamate instead of tert-butyl(2- aminoethyl)carbamate, and diisopropylethylamine instead of triethylamine. Method 1; Rt=2.49min, m/z=546.38 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 0.98 - 1.18 (m, 1 H)

1.24 - 1.41 (m, 10 H) 1.42 - 1.69 (m, 4 H) 3.00 - 3.25 (m, 3 H) 3.60 - 3.82 (m, 1 H) 3.90 - 4.16 (m, 1 H) 6.69 - 6.90 (m, 1 H) 7.60 - 7.82 (m, 3 H) 8.21 - 8.35 (m, 1 H) 8.36 - 8.50 (m, 1 H) 10.79 (s, 1 H).

Description 69: (R)-3-((2-(aminomethyl)piperidin-l-yl)sulfonyl)-4-fluoro-N-( 3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D69)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D48, starting from D68. Product obtained as HC1 salt. Method 1; Rt=l.52min, m/z=446.2l (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 70: tert- butyl (S)-(l-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)ca rbamate (D70)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D47, using tert-butyl(S)-pyrrolidin-3-ylcarbamate instead of tert-butyl(2-aminoethyl)carbamate, and diisopropylethylamine instead of triethylamine. Method 1; Rt=2.34min, m/z=518.28 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.36 (s, 9 H) 1.65 - 1.85 (m, 1 H) 2.00 (s, 1 H) 3.08 - 3.23 (m, 1 H) 3.34 - 3.54 (m, 3 H) 3.81 - 3.99 (m, 1 H) 6.99 - 7.18 (m, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.80 (m, 3 H) 8.27 - 8.36 (m, 1 H) 8.39 (dd, =6.60, 2.11 Hz, 1 H) 10.80 (s, 1 H).

Description 71: (S)-3-((3-aminopyrrolidin-l-yl)sulfonyl)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D71)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D48, using as starting material D70. Product obtained as HC1 salt. Method 1; Rt=l .52min, m/z=4l8.3 l (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.77 - 2.01 (m, 1 H) 2.05 - 2.26 (m, 1 H) 3.33 - 3.41 (m, 2 H) 3.45 - 3.67 (m, 2 H) 3.73 - 3.89 (m, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.85 (m, 3 H) 8.07 (br s, 3 H) 8.30 - 8.48 (m, 2 H) 10.91 (s, 1 H).

Description 72: tert- butyl ((l-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)me thyl)carbamate (D72)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D47, using tert-butyl N-(pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl)carbamate instead of tert-butyl(2- aminoethyl)carbamate, and diisopropylethylamine instead of triethylamine. Method 1; Rt=2.43min, m/z=532.20 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.36 (s, 9 H) 1.51 - 1.70 (m, 2 H) 1.70 - 1.97 (m, 2 H) 2.85 - 3.05 (m, 1 H) 3.11 - 3.27 (m, 2 H) 3.38 - 3.48 (m, 1 H) 3.70 - 3.90 (m, 1 H) 6.84 - 7.03 (m, 1 H) 7.61 - 7.80 (m, 3 H) 8.23 - 8.35 (m, 1 H) 8.36 - 8.49 (m, 1 H) 10.81 (s, 1 H).

Description 73: 3-((2-(aminomethyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)sulfonyl)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4 ,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D73)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D48, starting from D72. Product obtained as HC1 salt. Method 1; Rt=l.47min, m/z=432.23 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de+TFA) d ppm 1.56 - 1.78 (m, 2 H) 1.80 - 1.98 (m, 2 H) 2.86 - 3.15 (m, 2 H) 3.22 - 3.37 (m, 1 H) 3.37 - 3.51 (m, 1 H) 3.92 - 4.06 (m, 1 H) 7.64 - 7.81 (m, 3 H) 7.92

(br s, 3 H) 8.27 - 8.41 (m, 1 H) 8.42 - 8.52 (m, 1 H) 10.88 (s, 1 H).

Description 74: tert- butyl ((l-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)azetidin-2-yl)meth yl)carbamate (D74)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D47, using 2-(N-Boc-aminomethyl)azetidine hydrochloride instead of tert-butyl(2- aminoethyl)carbamate, and diisopropylethylamine instead of triethylamine. Method 1; Rt=2.37min, m/z=5l8.08 (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.35 (s, 9 H) 1.91 - 2.15

(m, 2 H) 3.08 - 3.23 (m, 1 H) 3.24 - 3.31 (m, 1 H) 3.60 - 3.85 (m, 2 H) 4.04 - 4.20 (m, 1 H) 6.78 - 7.01 (m, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.84 (m, 3 H) 8.24 - 8.47 (m, 2 H) 10.85 (br s, 1 H).

Description 75: 3-((2-(aminomethyl)azetidin-l-yl)sulfonyl)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4,5 - trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D75)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D48, using starting material D74. The title compound D75 was obtained as HC1 salt. Method 1; Rt=l.43min, m/z=4l8.l8 (M+H) ⁺ . Description 76: tert- butyl ((4-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- triiluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)morpholin-3-yl)met hyl)carbamate (D76)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D47, using tert-butyl-(morpholin-3-ylmethyl)carbamate instead of tert-butyl(2-aminoethyl)carbamate, and diisopropylethylamine instead of trimethylamine. Method 1; Rt=2.3lmin, m/z=548.48 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 77: 3- [3-(aminomethyl)morpholine-4-sulfonyl] -4-fluoro-N-(3,4,5- triiluorophenyl)benzamide (D77)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D48, using as starting material D76. Method 1; Rt=l.42min, m/z=448.l8 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 78: tert-butyl N-[[l-[2-fluoranyl-5-[[3,4,5- tris(fluoranyl)phenyl] carbamoyl] phenyl] sulfonylimidazol-2-yl] methyl] carbamate (D78)

lH-imidazol-2-ylmethanamine dihydrochloride (300mg, l.76mmol) was suspended in DCM (lOmL), treated with N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (76mg, 0.62mmol), triethylamine (l.35mL, 9.7mmol) and finally with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (l.l56g, 5.29mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20min, heated at 50°C for 5hrs, cooled and stored at room temperature for 48hrs. The reaction was diluted with DCM and washed with brine. The organic layer was evaporated, the residue dissolved in DCM/MeCN/TFA and stirred at room temperature for one night. The reaction was basified with NaHCCh (sat. solution) then the organic layer was separated giving after evaporation tert-butyl [(lH-imidazol-2-yl)methyl] carbamate (300mg, l .76mmol) as yellowish oil.

D7 (85mg, 0.23mmol) was treated with a solution of tert-butyl [(lH-imidazol-2- yl)methyl] carbamate (45.59mg, 0.23mmol) in DCM (3mL) and stirred at room temperature. To the resulting suspension, triethylamine (l93.32uL, l .39mmol) was added in two equal portions and the reaction mixture was magnetically stirred at room temperature for lh.The resulting yellow reaction solution was washed with NaHCCh sat. solution, aq. 5% citric acid then with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ (dry), filtered and finally evaporated yielding the title compound D78 (lOOmg, 0.l89mmol) as cristalline white solid. Method 9; Rt: 2.41 min m/z: 529.36 (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.21 - 1.43 (m, 3 H) 1.31 (s, 9 H) 4.32 (br d, =5.78 Hz, 2 H) 7.00 - 7.10 (m, 1 H) 7.10 - 7.24 (m, 1 H) 7.64 - 7.86 (m, 4 H) 8.33 - 8.52 (m, 1 H) 8.58 - 8.80 (m, 1 H) 10.87 (s, 1 H)

Description 79: 4-fluoro-3-[2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-l-sulfonyl]-N-(3,4,5 - trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D79)

D7 (50mg,0. l4mmol) was dissolved in MeCN (l .5mL), treated with triethylamine (56.55uL,0.4lmmol) then with piperidin-2-ylmethanol (l8.79mg, 0.l6mmol) then stirred at room temperature for l5min. A second portion of piperidin-2-ylmethanol (l8.79mg, 0. l6mmol) was added and the reaction was further stirred at room temperature for l5min; then a third portion of triethylamine (56.55uL, 0.4lmmol) was added and the reaction further stirred for l5min at room temperature. The reaction was stopped by water addition. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between water and DCM. The organic layer was washed with 0,5N HC1 then dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated yielding the title compound D79 (40mg, 0.09mmol) as cristalline white solid. Method 1; Rt: 2.1 lmin. m/z: 447.16 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 80: 3-(aziridin-l-ylsulfonyl)-N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoroben zamide (D80)

In a vial (3 mL) D8 (198 mg, 0,566 mmol), and 2-bromanylethanamine hydrobromide (116 mg, 0,566 mmol) were weighed and the vial was sealed. The the solvent was added, DCM (lmL). The suspension was stirred at room temperature and DIPEA (0.118 mL, 0.679 mmol) was added. The mixture turned into a yellow solution immediately. The reaction mixture was treated with NaOH 20% (1 mL) dropwise and shaken. The product was extracted in DCM twice, the organic layer dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ and the solvent was removed under vacuum to give the crude title compound D80 (200 mg) which was dried under vacuum overnight.

Description 81: N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoro-3-(N-(2-((2- hydroxyethyl)amino)ethyl)sulfamoyl)benzamide (D81)

In a vial (3 mL) D80 (200 mg, 0,561 mmol), was dissolved in dry THF, and ethanolamine (0.6 mL, 9.9 mmol) was added dropwise over 20 minutes and stirred at room temperature. Then the mixture was dried under vacuum and the mixture was diluted with 200 pL of acetonitrile and 200 pL of water and purified by preparative HPLC/MS (FLO/CFLCN+O.P/o TFA) to give the title compound D81 as white powder (49 mg).

Description 82: N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2,3,4,5- tetrahydrobenzo[f] [l,2,5]thiadiazepine-8-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (D82)

In a vial (3 mL) D81 (16 mg, 0.038 mmol), and cesium carbonate (118 mg, 0.360 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (2 mL). The suspension was treated at 130 °C for 6h in microwave reactor. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC/MS (TLO/CTbCN+O.P/o TFA) to give the title compound D82 as white powder (4.4 mg).

Description 83: 4-fluoro-3-[(2/f)-2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-l-sulfonyl]-7V -(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D83)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D79, using (R)-Piperidin-2-ylmethanol instead of piperidin-2-ylmethanol, and diisopropylethylamine instead of triethylamine. The title compound D83 was obtained by purification by flash chromatography on silica (petroleum ether/EtOAc). Method 1; Rt=2.l lmin, m/z=447.l6 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 1.18 - 1.38 (m, 2 H) 1.41 - 1.64 (m, 3 H) 1.71 - 1.85 (m, 1 H) 2.98 - 3.20 (m, 1 H) 3.37 - 3.49 (m, 1 H) 3.51 - 3.65 (m, 1 H) 3.66 - 3.82 (m, 1 H) 3.84 - 3.96 (m, 1 H) 4.76 (br s, 1 H) 7.57 - 7.82 (m, 3 H) 8.19 - 8.35 (m, 1 H) 8.42 (dd, =6.88, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.78 (br s, 1 H).

Description 84: 4-fluoro-3-[(2S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-l-sulfonyl]-7V- (3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D84)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D79, using (S)-Piperidin-2-ylmethanol instead of piperidin-2-ylmethanol, and diisopropylethylamine instead of triethylamine. The title compound D84 was obtained by purification by flash chromatography on silica (petroleum ether/EtOAc). Method 1; Rt=2.l lmin, m/z=447.22 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.01 - 1.18 (m, 1 H) 1.24 - 1.38 (m, 1 H) 1.40 - 1.63 (m, 3 H) 1.72 - 1.88 (m, 1 H) 3.01 - 3.20 (m, 1 H) 3.36 - 3.50 (m, 1 H) 3.51 - 3.64 (m, 1 H) 3.65 - 3.82 (m, 1 H) 3.83 - 3.96 (m, 1 H) 4.61 - 4.91 (m, 1 H) 7.58 - 7.83 (m, 3 H) 8.19 - 8.33 (m, 1 H) 8.41 (dd, J=6.69, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 10.78 (br s, 1 H).

Description 85: tert-butyl 4-((2-fluoro-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-3-(hydroxymethyl) piperazine-l-carboxylate (D85)

To a solution of D7 (l50mg, 0.4lmmol) in MeCN (2.72mL) at 0°C was added DIPEA (0.2lmL, l .22mmol) and 2-methyl-2-propanyl 3 -(hydroxymethyl)- l-piperazinecarboxylate (88.23mg, 0.41 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for lOmin. The reaction was quenched by addition of water (lOmL) and was diluted with DCM (50mL). The organic phase was washed with 5% citric acid acqueous solution and brine, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash cromatography on direct phase (DCM/MeOH), affording the title compound D85 (l90mg).

Description 86: 4-fluoro-3-[(2-hydroxyethyl)sulfamoyl]-A-(3,4,5-trifluorophe nyl)benzamide (D86)

D7 (200mg, 0.54mmol) was dissolved in MeCN (2mL) and cooled to 0°C. Ethanolamine (0.07mL, 1 09mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 5h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed twice with 5% citric acid solution. Organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound D86 (l65mg) as white solid. Method 3: Rt=3.08min, m/z=393.32 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 2.97 (t, J=6.30 Hz, 2 H) 3.35 - 3.46 (m, 2 H) 4.66 (br s, 1 H) 7.43 - 7.84 (m, 3 H) 8.14 - 8.32 (m, 1 H) 8.38 (dd, J=6J4, 1.79 Hz, 1 H). Description 87 : 4-fluoro-3- [(3-hydr oxypropyl)sulfamoyl] -7V-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D87)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D86, using propanolamine instead of ethanolamine. Method 3: Rt=3.l4min, m/z=407.24 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.44 - 1.62 (m, 2 H) 2.95 (t, =7.24 Hz, 2 H) 3.37 (t, =6.l4 Hz, 2 H) 4.48 (br s, 1 H) 7.59 - 7.80 (m, 3 H) 8.02 (br s, 1 H) 8.19 - 8.33 (m, 1 H) 8.38 (dd, =6.88, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 10.72 (br s, 1 H).

Description 88: 3-(N-ethyl-N-(4-hydroxybutyl)sulfamoyl)-4-fluoro-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D88)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D86, using 4-(ethylamino)butan-l-ol instead of ethanolamine. Method 3: Rt=3.59min, m/z=449.25 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.05 (t, J=1 A 1 Hz, 3 H) 1.29 - 1.45 (m, 2 H) 1.45 - 1.64 (m, 2 H) 3.19 - 3.31 (m, 4 H) 3.34 - 3.43 (m, 2 H) 4.41 (br s, 1 H) 7.58 - 7.81 (m, 3 H) 8.22

- 8.35 (m, 1 H) 8.41 (dd, =6.74, 2.25 Hz, 1 H) 10.78 (br s, 1 H).

Description 89: (R)-4-fluoro-3-(N-(l-hydroxy-4-methylpentan-2-yl)sulfamoyl)- N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D89)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D86, using (R)-2-amino-4-methylpentan-l-ol instead of ethanolamine. Method 3: Rt=3.69min, m/z=449.l2 (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 0.61 (d, =6.42 Hz, 3 H) 0.79 (d, =6.60 Hz, 3 H) 1.10 - 1.40 (m, 2 H) 1.43 - 1.65 (m, 1 H) 3.11 - 3.23 (m, 2 H) 3.23 - 3.30 (m, 1 H) 4.60 (br s, 1 H) 7.55 - 7.80 (m, 3 H) 7.99 (br s, 1 H) 8.18 - 8.32 (m, 1 H) 8.41 (dd, =6.88, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 10.78 (br s, 1 H).

Description 90 : 4-fluoro-3- [(2-hydr oxyethyl)(methyl)sulfamoyl] -7V-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D90)

D7 (80mg, 0.22mmol) was dissolved in MeCN (lmL) and cooled to 0°C. 2-(methylamino)ethanol hydrochloride (48.55mg, 0.440mmol) and triethylamine (0.l2mL, 0.870mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for lh. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed twice with 5% citric acid solution two times. Organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (DCM/MeOH), then lyophilized, to give the title compound D90 (68mg) as white solid. Method 3: Rt=3.30min, m/z=407T7 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 2.80 - 2.93 (m, 3 H) 3.13 - 3.25 (m, 2 H) 3.44 - 3.62 (m, 2 H) 4.80 (t, =5.30 Hz, 1 H) 7.53 - 7.81 (m, 3 H) 8.21 - 8.34 (m, 1 H) 8.39 (dd, J=6.69, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 10.79 (br s, 1 H).

Description 91: 4-amino-3-(N-(2-hydroxyethyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D91)

In a vial (5 mL) D86 (52.55 mg, 0.134 mmol) was weighed and dissolved in l,4-dioxane (0.4 mL), the vial was sealed. Under stirring ammonia solution 30% (0.3 mL) were added and the mixture was heated at 90 °C. The reaction was carried out for 24h. The solvent was removed under vacuum giving the title compound D91 (48 mg) as white solid. Method 9: Rt=l.80 min, m/z=390.2l (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 92 : 4-amino-3-(N-(3-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)cyclobutyl)sul famoyl)-N-

(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D92)

To a stirred solution of D129 (237mg, 0.57mmol) and DIPEA (198.8uL, l .l4mmol) in 9/1 DCM/DMF (lOmL) at 0°C was added portionwise tert-butyldimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (144. luL, 0.63mmol) over 2min. The resulting solution was stirred at 0°C for 5min. The reaction was diluted with DCM and water, poured into a separating funnel, washed with 5% citric acid aq. solution, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ filtered and finally evaporated yielding the title compound D92 (248mg, 0.468mmol) as mixture of two diastereoisomers. (1/1 cis/trans). Isomerl : Method 11; Rt: 2.23min. m/z: 530.3(M+H) ⁺ . Isomer2: Method 11; Rt: 2.27min. m/z: 530.4(M+H) ⁺ .

Description 93: 2-(3-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)cyclobutyl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4, 5- trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (D93)

A solution of D92 (70mg, 0.l3mmol) and di(lH-imidazol-l-yl)methanone (l7l .44mg, l .06mmol) in DMF (lmF) was treated with a single portion of triethylamine (84.9 luF, 0,53mmol) and heated by microwave irradiation at l50°C for l5min. The reaction mixture was diluted with water until precipitation; the slurry was acidified with 5% citric acid aq. solution and extracted with diethylether. The organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated giving the title compound D93 (55mg, 0.099mmol) as 1/1 mixture of two diastereoisomer (cis/trans). Isomerl : Method 11; Rt: 2.50min. m/z: 556.3 l(M+H) ⁺ . Isomer2: Method 11; Rt: 2.58min. m/z: 556.24(M+H) ⁺ . Description 94: cis-2-(4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)cyclohexyl)-3-oxo-N-( 3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (D94)

A mixture of D49 (92mg, 0.l6mmol) and di(lH-imidazol-l-yl)methanone (160, 5mg, 0.99mmol) in DMF (l.4mL) was treated with triethylamine (0.69mL, 0.49mmol) and heated by microwave irradiation at l50°C for lhlOmin. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and EtOAc and water were added. Organic layer was washed with 5% citric acid solution and water, then was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo, to obtain crude the title compound D94 (94mg) that was used in the next step without further purification. Method 11 ; Rt: 2.74min. m/z: 584.27 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 95: N-(6-chloropyridin-3-yl)-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1- dioxide (D95)

D60 (22.14 mg, 0.09 mmol) and 6-chloropyridin-3-amine (14.1 mg, 0.11 mmol) were dissolved in dry THF (867 uL) under nitrogen flow and lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (503 uL, 0,51 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for lh. Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (503 uL, 0,51 mmol) was added and the stirring continued for further 3 h. A sat. aq. NH ₄ Cl solution was added to the reaction mixture and extracted with EtOAc (three times with 25 ml). The combined organic layers were dried on Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to afford, after lyophilization, the title compound D95 (3 mg). Method 3; Rt=2.41 min, m/z=337.11 (M+H) ⁺ . Description 96: 5-fluoro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (D96)

D27 (207mg, 0,530mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (5mL), cesium carbonate (686mg, 2.1 lmmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at l00°C for 30min under MW irradiation. Mixture was diluted with water and filtered to recover the title compound D96 (l30mg) as white solid. Method 1; Rt=l .87min, m/z=374.07 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 7.46 (s, 1 H) 7.67 - 7.84 (m, 3 H) 8.13 - 8.25 (m, 1 H) 10,57 (br s, 1 H).

Description 97 : /ra/i\-2-(4-((tert-butyldimethylsil\l)oxy)cyclohexyl)-6-meth yl-3-oxo-N- (3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo [e] [ 1 ,2,4] thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1- dioxide (D97)

Similary prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D94 using compound D120 as starting material; m/z=374.07 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 98: 4-(methylamino)-3-sulfamoyk/V-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzami de (D98)

D22 (58.mg, 0. l70mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (lmL, 0.0l4mol) and treated with methanamine (77.59mg, 2.5mmol) and Triethylamine (346.27uL, 2.5mmol). The reaction solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. A second portion of methanamine (77.59mg, 2.5mmol) was added followed by triethylamine (346.27uL, 2.5mmol). After 5hrs at room temperature MeCN (200uL) were added and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was diluted with water and DCM, poured into a separating funnel and the organic layer washed twice with water and brine, dried over MgS0 ₄ (dry), filtered and finally evaporated yielding a yellowish solid (72mg). DCM (lmL) was added and the resulting white suspension was filtered yielding the title compound D98 as white solid (33 mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.27min. MS(ES+) m/z: 360.15

To a solution of crude D26 (151 mg) in l,4-dioxane (1.04 mL), Aqueous ammonia (517 uL, 13.27 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred in a sealed vial at 90°C for 2h, and overnight at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product (40.06 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to afford, after lyophilization, the title compound D99 (17.25 mg) as white powder. The remaining crude title compound was used without purification. Method 3; Rt: 3.23 min. m/z: 360.15 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 2.44 (d, =5. l0 Hz, 3 H) 6.57 (br s, 2 H) 6.95 (d, =8.70 Hz, 1 H) 7.50 - 7.59 (m, 1 H) 7.68 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 0.00 (dd, =9.80, 2.10 Hz, 1 H) 0.00 (d, =2.l0 Hz, 1 H) 10.36 (br s, 1 H)

Description 100: 4-amino-3-sulfamoyl-7V-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D100)

A pressure vessel was charged with D7 (l .2g, 3.26mmol), l ,4-dioxane (6mL) and 33% aqueous ammonia (4mL, 34mmol). The pressure vessel was sealed and the reaction mixture was stirred 5min at RT, then heated at 95°C for 8h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and water, organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound D100 (840mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.0lmin, m/z=346.l0 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 6.49 (br s, 2 H) 6.88 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.37 (s, 2 H) 7.62 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 7.88 (dd, J=8.80, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.26 (d, J=2.11 Hz, 1 H) 10.33 (s, 1 H).

Description 101: 4-amino-7V-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3-sulfamoylbenzamide (D101)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of D100, starting from D8. Method 3; Rt=2.79min, m/z=328.20 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 6.49 (br s, 2 H) 6.88 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.37 (s, 2 H) 7.62 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 7.88 (dd, =8.80, 2.20 Hz, 1 H)

8.26 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.33 (s, 1 H).

Description 102: 4-amino-2-chloro-5-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzam ide (D102)

D23 (250mg, 0.65mmol) was dissolved in l,4-Dioxane (0,5mL), treated with ammonia (2.mL,

1 l7.44mmol) and heated at 90°C in a closed vial for l2hrs. The yellowish reaction solution was poured, diluted with EtOAc (aprox. 20mL) and water. The organic layer was washed with brine and 0.2N HC1 (2mL) then evaporated, giving a residue (220 mg). One amount (20mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) yielding, the title compound D102 (1 lmg) as white powder. Method 3; Rt: 3.2lmin. m/z: 380.15 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-ί/ή) d ppm 6.46 (br s, 2 H) 6.96 (s, 1 H) 7.46 (br s, 2 H) 7.53 - 7.70 (m, 2 H) 7.76 (br s, 1 H) 10.69 (br s, 1 H). Description 103: 4-amino-2-bromo-5-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzami de (D103)

Similary prepared according to procedure described for D102, starting from D24 2-bromo-4- fluoro-5-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzamide and purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0,CH ₃ CN, 0.1% HCOOH). Method 3; Rt: 3.24min. m/z: 424.12 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 6.42 (s, 2 H) 7.14 (s, 1 H) 7.47 (br s, 2 H) 7.60 (dd, =l0.22, 6.56 Hz, 2 H) 7.71 (s, 1 H) 10.73 (br s, 1 H).

Description 104 : 4-amino-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-sulfamoylbe nzamide (D104)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D100, starting from D12. Method 3; Rt=3.l6min, m/z=378.l2 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 6.47 (s, 2 H) 6.88 (d, J=8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.36 (s, 2 H) 7.50 (t, J=9.90 Hz, 1 H) 7.91 (dd, J=8.67, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 8.05 - 8.13 (m, 1 H) 8.22 (dd, J=6.69, 2.48 Hz, 1 H) 8.29 (d, J=2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.34 (s, 1 H).

Description 105: 4-amino-N-(3-cyano-4-fluorophenyl)-3-sulfamoylbenzamide (D105)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D100, starting from D13. Method 3; Rt=2.65min, m/z=334.95, (M+H) ⁺ . 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 6.44 (br s, 2 H) 6.88 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.37 (s, 2 H) 7.53 (t, =9.l7 Hz, 1 H) 7.90 (dd, =8.62, 2.11 Hz, 1 H) 7.99 - 8.13 (m, 1 H) 8.25 (dd, =5.78, 2.66 Hz, 1 H) 8.28 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.36 (s, 1 H).

Description 106: 4-amino-N-(3-(difluoromethyl)-4-fluorophenyl)-3-sulfamoylben zamide (D106)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D100, starting from D14. Method 3; Rt=2.85, m/z=360.08 (M+H) ⁺ . 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 6.45 (br s, 2 H) 6.87 (d, J=8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.01 - 7.45 (m, 4 H) 7.86 - 7.98 (m, 2 H) 8.03 - 8.12 (m, 1 H) 8.28 (d, J=2.l 1 Hz, 1 H) 10.25 (s, 1 H).

Description 107: 4-amino-N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-3-sulfamoylbenzamide (D107)

A mixture of D25 (200.mg, 0,580mmol) l,4-dioxane (2mL) and aqueous ammonia (2.3mL, l0.38mmol) were heated in a closed vial at l00°C for lOhrs. Solvent was removed, the residue suspended in DCM and filtered giving a off-white solid (1 lOmg). One half of this crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) giving the title compound D107 (8.4mg)as off-white solid. Method 3; Rt: 2.98min. m/z: 344.07 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 6.45 (br s, 2 H) 6.87 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.31 - 7.43 (m, 3 H) 7.64 - 7.77 (m, 1 H) 7.89 (dd, =8.67, 2.16 Hz, 1 H) 8.05 (dd, =6.92, 2.52 Hz, 1 H) 8.26 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.20 (s, 1 H).

Description 108: 4-amino-N-(6-chloropyridin-3-yl)-3-sulfamoylbenzamide (D108)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D100 starting from D15. Method 3; Rt=2.33min, m/z=327.05 (M+H) ⁺ . 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 6.49 (br s, 2 H) 6.88 (d, J=8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.37 (s, 2 H) 7.50 (d, J=8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.91 (dd, J=8.62, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.23 (dd, J=8.7l, 2.75 Hz, 1 H) 8.29 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.77 (d, J=2.57 Hz, 1 H) 10.35 (s, 1 H). Description 109: 4-amino-N-(4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)-3-sulfamoylbenzamide (D109)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D100, starting from D17. Method 3; Rt=2.83, m/z=324.l4 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 110: 4-amino-N-(3,5-difluoro-4-methylphenyl)-3-sulfamoylbenzamide (DUO)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D100, starting from D18. Method 3; Rt=3.l7, m/z=342.25 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 111: 4-amino-3-sulfamoyl-N-(2,3,4-trifluorophenyl)benzamide (Dill)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D100, starting from D19. Method 3; Rt=2.65, m/z=346.l7 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 112: 4-amino-3-sulfamoyl-N-(2,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D112)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D100, starting from D20. Method 3; Rt=2.68, m/z=346.l7 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 113: 4-amino-N-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-3-sulfamoylbenzamide (D113)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D100, starting from

D21.

Description 114: 4-amino-2-methyl-5-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzam ide (D114)

D16 (l50mg, 0.390mmol) was suspended in l,4-Dioxane (lmL) Aqueous ammonia (0.96mL, 24.6mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at l00°C for 8h and overnight at RT. More Aqueous ammonia (0.3mL, 7.69mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at l00°C for another 8h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and water, organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude were purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l% TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound D114 (1 lOmg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.l6min, m/z=360.22 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 2.32 (s, 3 H) 6.22 (br s, 2 H) 6.68 (s, 1 H) 7.26 (s, 2 H) 7.56 - 7.70 (m, 2 H) 7.74 (s, 1 H) 10.49 (s, 1 H).

Description 115: (R)-4-amino-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3-(N-(l,l _? l-trifluoropropan-2- yl)sulfamoyl)benzamide (Dll 5)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D100, starting from D31. Method 3; Rt: 3.75min, m/z: 442.16 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.06 (d, =6.88 Hz, 3 H) 3.95 - 4.03 (m, 1 H) 6.56 (br s, 2 H) 6.92 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.58 - 7.80 (m,

2 H) 7.91 (dd, =8.7l, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.25 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 8.55 (d, =9.l7 Hz, 1 H) 10.35 (s, 1 H). Description 116: (S)-4-amino-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3-(N-(l,l _? l-trifluoropropan-2- yl)sulfamoyl)benzamide (Dll 6)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D100, starting from D32. Method 3; Rt: 3.75min, m/z: 442.16 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.06

(d, =6.88 Hz, 3 H) 3.95 - 4.00 (m, 1 H) 6.57 (br s, 2 H) 6.92 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.78 (m, 2 H) 7.91 (dd, =8.80, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.25 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.55 (d, =9.l7 Hz, 1 H) 10.35 (s, 1 H).

Description 117: 4-amino-3-(N-cyclopropylsulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl) benzamide

A solution of D33 (l25mg, 0.32mmol) in aqueous ammonia (0.38mL, 3.22mmol)and l,4-dioxane (l.lmL, 0.0l3mol) was heated at l00°C for 8hrs in a closed vial. Solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was treated with toluene and further evaporated by high vacuum pump, giving a residue (l07mg, off-white solid). A sample of this crude material (24.5mg) was purified by preparative

HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to afford, after lyophilization the title compound D117 (l3.2mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.55min. m/z: 386.23 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 0.35 - 0,50 (m, 4 H) 2.11 (td, =6.5l, 3.12 Hz, 1 H) 6.54 (br s, 2 H) 6.91 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.64 - 7.80 (m, 2 H) 7.88 (dd, =8.70, 2.00 Hz, 1 H) 7.95 (dd, =2.50 Hz, 1 H) 8.25 (d, J=2.\ 1 Hz, 1 H) 10.35 (br s, 1 H).

Description 118: trans-4-(l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7-((3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamo yl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazin-2-yl)cyclohexyl lH-imidazole-l-carboxylate (D118)

A mixture of D61 (40mg, 0.09mmol) and di(lH-imidazol-l-yl)methanone (58.5 lmg, 0.36mmol) in DMF (540uL) was heated by microwave irradiation at l50°C for 1 lmin. The reaction mixture (a solution) was diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated giving the title compound D118 (50mg), as orange gum. Method 1; Rt: l.87min. m/z: 564.08(M+H) ⁺ .

Description 119: ci\-4-amino-3-(N-(4-((tert-butyldimeth\lsil\l)ox\)c\clohexyl )sulfamoyl)- N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D119)

D49 (l38mg, 0.3 lmmol) was reacted in dry DCM (5mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. Dry DMF

(0.3mL) and DIPEA (0.1 lmL, 0.62mmol were added and the mixture was cooled in an ice bath. Tert-butyldimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.1 lmL, 0.47mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at RT for l.5h, then was diluted with DCM and washed with 5% citric acid solution and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and evaporated. The resulting crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EtOAc) to obtain the title compound D119 (132 mg) as white solid. Method 11; Rt=2.5lmin, m/z=558.27 (M+H) ⁺ . Description 120: irans-4-amino-5-(N-(4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)cyclohex yl)sulfamoyl)- 2-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D120)

D50 (l03mg, 0.230mmol) was dissolved in DMF (l.2mL)lH-imidazole (46mg, 0.68mmol) and tert-butylchlorodimethylsilane (50.9mg, 0.34mmol)were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 5h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water, 5% citric acid solution and brine. Organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EtOAc) to obtain D120 (l05mg) as white solid. Method 9; Rt: 3.07min. m/z: 572.32 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 121: ci\-4-amino-3-(N-3-hydroxycyclobutyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D121)

CA-4-fluoro-3-(N-(3-hydroxycyclobutyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5-tr ifluorophenyl)benzamide was prepared from D7 according to the procedure described for the synthesis of D45, using cis- 3- aminocyclo butanol instead of 3-aminocyclobutanol. The intermediate compound was further reacted with aqueous ammonia in l,4-dioxane according to the procedure described for the preparation of D107. Method 3; Rt: 3.12. m/z: 416.29 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 122: trans-4-amino-3-(N-3-hydroxycyclobutyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D122)

7> _< ms-4-fluoro-3-(N-(3-hydroxycyclobutyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3, 4,5-trifluorophcnyl)bcnzamidc was prepared from D7 according to the procedure described for the synthesis of D45, using trans 3- aminocyclo butanol instead of 3 -aminocyclo butanol. The intermediate compound was further reacted with aqueous ammonia in l,4-dioxane according to the procedure described for the preparation of D107. Method 3; Rt: 3.04. m/z: 416.35 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 123: 4-amino-3-(N-((lS,3S)-3-hydroxycyclopentyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4 ,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D123)

A solution of D46 (l05mg, 0.24mmol) in aqueous ammonia (0.5mL,4.6mmol) and l,4-Dioxane (0.5mL) was heated for 8hrs at l00°C in a closed vial. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM/EtOAc (about 7/3) and water, then the organic layer was evaporated giving a residue (80mg) that was purified by preparative HPLC (H2O/CH3CN+ 0.l%TFA). Method 3; Rt: 3.11. m/z: 430.27 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 124: tert- butyl 4-((2-amino-5-((3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)sulfonamido)piperidine-l-ca rboxylate (D124)

A solution of D38 (l47mg, 0.28mmol) in aqueous ammonia (0.99mL, 2.77mmol) and l,4-dioxane (l.lmL) was heated at l00°C for 8hrs in a closed vial. Solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was treated with toluene and further evaporated. Traces of solvent were removed by high vacuum pump, giving a residue as off-white solid (l07mg). A sample of this crude material (20mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) affording the title compound D124 (l9.86mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.93min. m/z: 529.09 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.13 - 1.32 (m, 2 H) 1.36 (s, 9 H) 1.47 - 1.65 (m, 2 H) 2.75 - 2.95 (m, 2 H) 3.05 - 3.23 (m, 1 H) 3.67 (br d, =l3.57 Hz, 2 H) 6.53 (br s, 2 H) 6.89 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.64 - 7.78 (m, 2 H) 7.82 (d, =7.89 Hz, 1 H) 7.90 (dd, =8.67, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 8.24 (d, J=2.\ 1 Hz, 1 H) 10.34

(br s, 1 H).

Description 125: 4-amino-3-(N-(piperidin-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D125)

A solution of D124 in DCM (lmL) was treated at room temperature with TFA (lmL). The yellow reaction solution was magnetically stirred at room temperature for lh. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%oTFA) affording the title compound D125 (8.6mg) as TFA salt. 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 1.40 - 1.64 (m, 2 H) 1.64 - 1.87 (m, 2 H) 2.78 - 3.03 (m, 2 H) 3.08 - 3.28 (m, 3 H) 6.54 (br s, 2 H) 6.91 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (dd, =l0,59, 6.56 Hz, 2 H) 7.91 (dd, =8.7l, 2.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.03 (d, =7.6l Hz, 1 H) 8.17 (br s, 1 H) 8.25 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 8.41 (br s, 1 H) 10.36 (br s, 1 H).1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de+TFA) d ppm 1.43 - 1.64 (m, 2 H) 1.75 (br dd, =l3.75, 3.30 Hz, 2 H) 2.79 - 3.00 (m, 2 H) 3.08 - 3.22 (m, 2 H) 3.22 - 3.38 (m, 1 H) 6.91 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.61 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 7.91 (dd, =8.7l, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.03 (d, =7.52 Hz, 1 H) 8.13 - 8.34 (m, 2 H) 8.35 - 8.60 (m, 1 H) 10.35 (s, 1 H). Method 3; Rt: 2.48min. m/z: 429.26 (M+H) ⁺ .

Description 126: 4-amino-3-((4-hydroxypiperidin-l-yl)sulfonyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D126)

A mixture of 4-fluoranyl-3-(4-oxidanylpiperidin-l-yl)sulfonyl-N-[3,4,5- tris(fluoranyl)phenyl]benzamide (prepared according to WO2013/096744) (50mg, O.l lmmol), l,4-dioxane (l50uL) and aqueous ammonia (0.3mL, 2.29mmol) were heated at l00°C for 8hrs in a sealed tube. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and water, organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated. The residue was suspended in DCM and filtered affording the title compound D126 (l5.5mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.26min. m/z: 430.2 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.30 - 1.52 (m, 2 H) 1.60 - 1.83 (m, 2 H) 2.77 - 2.92 (m, 2 H) 3.25 (br s, 2 H) 3.45 - 3.65 (m, 1 H) 4.67 (d, =3.76 Hz, 1 H) 6.53 - 6.75 (m, 2 H) 6.93 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.69 (dd, =l0,50, 6.46 Hz, 2 H) 7.81 - 7.98 (m, 1 H) 8.08 (d, =2.02 Hz, 1 H) 10.31 (s, 1 H)

Description 127: 3-((4-hydroxypiperidin-l-yl)sulfonyl)-4-(methylamino)-N-(3,4 ,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D127)

A mixture of 4-fluoranyl-3-(4-oxidanylpiperidin-l-yl)sulfonyl-N-[3,4,5- tris(fluoranyl)phenyl]benzamide (prepared according to WO2013/096744) (50mg, 0.l2mmol), methanamine (l.04mL, 2.08mmol) in a DMSO (700uL,0.0l0mol) and MeCN (l40uL,0.003mol) mixture was treated with triethylamine (480.87uL, 3.47mmol) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) affording the title compound D127 (23mg). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/r,) d ppm 1.28 - 1.51 (m, 2 H) 1.58 - 1.81 (m, 2 H) 2.75 - 2.97 (m, 5 H) 3.19 - 3.28 (m, 2 H) 3.46 - 3.65 (m, 1 H) 4.66 (d, =3.90 Hz, 1 H) 6.72 - 6.81 (m, 1 H) 6.89 (d, =8.90 Hz, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.77 (m, 2 H) 8.03 - 8.11 (m, 1 H) 8.15 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.35 (s, 1 H).

Description 128: 4-amino-3-(N-(pyridin-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D128)

A 5mL vial was charged with D40 (lOOmg, 0.24mmol) dioxane (lmL) and aqueous ammonia (2mL). The vial was sealed and heated for 8hrs at l00°C. Solvents were removed by evaporation and the residue partitioned between water and EtOAc. The organic extract were combined and evaporated, the residue was dissolved in 1/2 dioxane/aqueous ammonia (2mL) and heated in a closed vial for 8hrs at l00°C. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned betweeen water and EtOAc. The organic extract was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on direct phase (EtOAc/MeOH). The fractions containing the product were combined and evaporated affording a residue (20mg) that was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%oTFA) affording the title compound D128 as TFA salt (l.24mg). Method 3; Rt: 2.63min. m/z: 423.1 ppm 6.52 (br s, 1 H) 6.82 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.03 (br d, =6.88 Hz, 2 H) 7.66 - 7.79 (m, 2 H) 7.83 (dd, =8.67, 2.16 Hz, 1 H) 8.03 (d, =6.00 Hz, 2 H) 8.35 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.35 (s, 1 H)

Description 129: 4-amino-3-(N-(3-hydroxycyclobutyl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (D129)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D107, starting from D45. Method 1; Rt: l .8lmin. m/z: 4l6.40(M+H) ⁺ .

Description 130: 4-amino-3-(N-(oxetan-3-yl)sulfamoyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluoropheny l)benzamide

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of D107, starting from D43. Method 3; Rt: 3.20. m/z: 402.30(M+H) ⁺ .

Example 1: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (El)

D100 (30mg, 0.09mmol) was dissolved in 2-propanol (0.9mL), 37% aqueous formaldehyde (0.03mL, 0.350mmol) and one drop of HC1 4N in dioxane were added, and the resulting solution was stirred at 65°C for lh. Water was added and the mixture was extracted twice with EtOAc. Combined organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l% TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization the title compound El (l5mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.l9min, m/z=358.l2 (M+H) ⁺ . 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 4.63 - 4.78 (m, 2 H) 6.88 (d, =8.89 Hz, 1 H) 7.67 - 7.79 (m, 2 H) 7.82 (br s, 1 H) 7.84 - 7.88 (m, 1 H) 7.90 (dd, =8.80, 2.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.26 (br d, =2.l0 Hz, 1 H) 10.39 (s, 1 H).

Example 2: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-3,3-d ₂ -7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E2)

was suspended in CD ₃ OD (600uL), heated to l00°C and treated with formaldehyde-d ₂ solution (20% wt% in D ₂ 0, lOOuL) in a closed vial. The suspension became a yellowish solution after lOmin; the reaction mixture was additionally heated at l00°C for 5hrs. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on direct phase (EtOAc/Cyclo hexane) giving the title compound (25mg). This batch was further purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound E2. Method 1; Rt: l.93min. m/z: 360.22(M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 6.88 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.55 - 8.03 (m, 5 H) 8.26 (d, J=l.93 Hz, 1 H) 10.42 (br s, 1 H).

Example 3: 4-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1,2,4] thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E3)

A 5mL vial was charged with D98 (22 mg, 0.060mmol), IPA (600uL) and formaldehyde (18.75uL, 0.240mmol). The vial was sealed and 4N HC1 in dioxane (50uL) was added in a single portion. The resulting white suspension was stirred at 70°C for l.5hrs. Solvent was removed and the residue (l8mg) purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN 0.1% TFA) affording the title compound E3 (5mg), as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.37min. m/z: 372.24 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- i) d ppm 3.05 (s, 3 H) 4.79 (d, J =8.07 Hz, 2 H) 6.99 (d, J=9.08 Hz, 1 H) 7.68 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 8.04 (dd, J=9.03, 2.25 Hz, 1 H) 8.22 (t, J=8.l2 Hz, 1 H) 8.30 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.44 (br s, 1 H).

Example 4: 4-hydroxy-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E4)

D63 (48mg, 0.l3mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (600uL), treated with formaldehyde (29.luL, 0.l9mmol) and aqueous 10% HC1 (l47uL, 0.04mmol). The vial was sealed and heated at 90°C for l5min. The reaction solution was purified by preparative HPLC, yielding the title compound E4 (4.5mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.36min. m/z: 374.13 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 4.87 (d, =8.07 Hz, 2 H) 7.40 (d, =8.89 Hz, 1 H) 7.75 - 7.95 (m, 2 H) 8.20 (dd, =8.89, 2.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.36 (d, =2.l lHz, 1 H) 8.96 (t, =8.02 Hz, 1 H) 10.39 (s, 1 H) 10.64 (s, 1 H) 8.22 (t, ,7=8.12 Hz, 1 H) 8.30 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.44 (br s, 1 H).

Example 5: 2-hydroxy-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E5)

D52 (49.mg, O.l lmmol) was dissolved in IPA (2mL), charged in a 5mL vial, and treated with formaline (82. uL, 0.11 mmol) and (4N) HC1 (30uL, 0.11 mmol). The vial was sealed and heated by conventional heating at 65°C for lh and additionally for lh30min at 85-90°C and stored at room temperature overnight. The clear yellow reaction solution was treated with (4N) HC1 in dioxane (60uL, 0.22mmol) and water (80uL) and heated at 90°C for lh. The reaction solution was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0,CH ₃ CN 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound E5. Method 3; Rt: 3.35min. m/z:374T3 (M+H) ⁺ . Isomer A: ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 4.97 (br s, 2 H) 6.90 (d, =8.90 Hz, 1 H) 7.63 - 8.04 (m,4 H) 8.29 (d, =2.02 Hz, 1 H) 10.42 (br s, 1 H) 10,51 (s, 1 H). Isomer B: NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 4.70 (dd, =7.93, 2.43 Hz, 2 H) 6.87 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.63 - 8.04 (m, 4 H) 8.25 (d, =2.00 Hz, 1 H) 10.38 (br s, 1 H) 10.42 (br s, 1 H). Example 6: 2-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1,2,4] thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E6)

To a solution of D99, (52.55 mg, 0.15 mmol) in IPA (1.44 mL), formaldehyde (16.12 uL, 0,59 mmol) and 4N HC1 in dioxane (1 drop) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred in a sealed vial at 65°C for 2h. Water (15 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried on Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (ThO/CTbCN+P/oTFA) to afford, after lyophilization, the title compound E6 (12.37 mg) as white powder. Method 3; Rt: 3.49 min. m/z: 372.18 (M+H) ⁺ . 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 2.69 (s, 3 H) 4.91 (d, J=2.90 Hz, 2 H) 6.99 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.68 - 7.85 (m, 2 H) 7.88 - 8.03 (m, 2 H) 8.30 (d, J=2.00 Hz, 1 H) 10.45 (br s, 1 H).

Example 7: 6-chloro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E7)

D102 (40.mg, O.l lOmmol), IPA (2mL, 0.026mol), Formaldehyde (8l .79uL, 0.42mmol) and 4N HC1 in dioxane (30.uL, 0.l20mmol) were heated at 65°C for l5min. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue (50mg), purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0,CH ₃ CN 0.1% TFA) After liophyilization (l7mg, white solid), the compound was suspended in DCM, sonicated and evap. for 3 times, giving pure the title compound E7 (1 lmg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.33min. m/z: 392.17 ppm 4.71 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 2 H) 6.94 (s, 1 H) 7.54 - 7.67 (m, 2 H) 7.74 (s, 1 H) 7.77 - 7.83 (m, 1 H) 7.84 - 7.96 (m, 1 H) 10.71 (br s, 1 H). Example 8: 6-bromo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1,2,4] thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E8)

Similary prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of E7, starting from D103. Purified by flash chromatography (direct phase, eluent DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound E8 (25mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.37min. m/z: 437.97 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 4.70 (br s, 2 H) 7.13 (s, 1 H) 7.54 - 7.66 (m, 2 H) 7.69 (s, 1 H) 7.75 (br s, 1 H) 7.88 (br s, 1 H) 10.72 (s, 1 H).

Example 9: 6-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E9)

Similary prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of El, starting from D114. Method 3: Rt=3.32min, m/z=372.l8 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 2.35 (s, 3 H) 4.66 (dd, =7.98, 2.48 Hz, 2 H) 6.66 (s, 1 H) 7.49 - 7.58 (m, 1 H) 7.59 - 7.78 (m, 4 H) 10.52 (s, 1 H).

Example 10: 6-chloro-3-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E10)

Similary prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of E7, using acetaldehyde instead of formaldehyde and purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0, CH ₃ CN 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound E10 (2lmg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.46min. m/z: 406.02 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-<fc) d ppm 1.46 (d, J=6.l4 Hz, 3 H) 4.84-4.98 (m, 1 H) 6.92

(s, 1 H) 7.54-7.67 (m, 2 H) 7.71-7.85 (m, 3 H) 10.71 (s, 1 H). Example 11 : N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-2H,4H-spiro [benzo [e] [ 1 ,2,4] thiadiazine-3,3 '-oxetane] - 7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (Ell)

D101 (53mg, 0.l60mmol) was suspended in 2-propanol (l .5mL), 3-oxetanone (0.32mL, 4.86mmol) and two drops of HC1 4N in dioxane were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 65°C for 2.5h. EtOAc was added and the resulting solution was washed with 5% citric acid solution and sat. NaHCCh solution. Organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (H2O/CH3CN) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound Ell (l5mg) as white solid.

D101 (40mg, 0.l20mmol) was dissolved in cyclobutanone (0.9mL, l2.04mmol) and two drops of HC14N in dioxane were added. The resulting solution was stirred at l00°C for 30min. The reaction was concentrated under vacuo, and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (H2O/CH3CN) to obtain, after lyophilisation the title compound E12 (lOmg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.34min, m/z=380.28 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 1.68 - 1.95 (m, 2 H) 2.16 - 2.31 (m, 2 H) 2.56 - 2.68 (m, 2 H) 6.83 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.34 - 7.48 (m, 1 H) 7.49 - 7.59 (m, 1 H) 7.87 - 7.98 (m, 2 H) 8.02 (br s, 1 H) 8.20 (s, 1 H) 8.23 (d, =2.02 Hz, 1 H) 10.28 (s, 1 H). Example 13: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2',3',5',6'-tetrahydro-2H,4H- spiro [benzo [e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-3,4'-pyran]-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E13)

A mixture of D100 (30mg, 0.09mmol), tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (32.luL, 0.35mmol) in 1,4- Dioxane (l.2mL) was treated with magnesium sulfate (l04.58mg, 0.87mmol) and 4- methylbenzenesulfonic acid hydrate (9.92mg, 0.05mmol). The suspension was heated at l00°C for 30min by microwave irradiation. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0, CH3CN) to give the title compound E13. Method 3; Rt: 3.30min. m/z: 428.24 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.64 - 1.85 (m, 2 H) 2.16 - 2.34 (m, 2 H) 3.53 - 3.88 (m, 4 H) 6.89 (d, =8.89 Hz, 1 H) 7.66 - 7.82 (m, 2 H) 7.82 - 7.99 (m, 3 H) 8.26 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1 H) 10.39 (br s, 1 H).

Example 14: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2H,4H-spiro[benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-3,4'- piperidine] -7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E14)

D100 (30.mg, 0.09mmol), magnesium sulfate (l04.58mg, 0.87mmol), 4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid hydrate (9.92mg, 0.05mmol) and piperidine-4, 4-diol— hydrogen chloride (1/1) (40.l8mg,0.26mmol) were charged in a 5 mL vial. The vial was sealed, evacuated, charged with l,4-dioxane and heated at l00°C for 30min giving a white suspension. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and filtered and the solid filtrate washed with l,4-dioxane. The precipitate was suspended in l,4-dioxane and heated to H5°C until partial dissolution, then filtered. The solid obtained was washed with MeOH and the liquid part was concentrated and the residue (80mg) purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0,CH ₃ CN 0.1% TFA), yielding the title compound E14 as trifluoroacetate salt. Method 3; Rt: 2.99min m/z: 427.23 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6) d = 14.85 - 13.64 (m, 1H), 10.49 (s, 1H), 8.97 (br s, 1H), 8.48 (br d, j= 10.3 Hz, 1H), 8.42 - 8.27 (m, 1H), 8.09 - 7.95 (m, 1H), 7.82 - 7.69 (m, 4H), 7.07 (dd, j= 1.5, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (dd, j = 0.7, 10.4 Hz, 1H).

Example 15: 3-(trifluoromethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H - benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E15)

4-amino-3-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzamide D100 (36.mg, O.lOOmmol) was dissolved in 2-propanol (l .lmL), Trifluoroacetaldehyde monohydrate 72% aqueous solution (0.06mL,0.630mmol) and two drops of HC1 4N in dioxane were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at l00°C for 3h. The reaction mixture was directly purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0. l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound E15 (l5mg) as light- yellow solid. Method 3; Rt=3.54min, m/z=426.22 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/r,) d ppm 5.52 - 5.82 (m, 1 H) 7.16 (d, =8.89 Hz, 1 H) 7.65 - 7.83 (m, 2 H) 8.00 (dd, =8.80, 2.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.31 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.42 (s, 1 H) 8.75 (d, =l l .65 Hz, 1 H) 10.48 (s, 1 H).

Example 16: 3-(2-isopropoxyethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro- 2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E16)

Similary prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of E15 using 3,3- diethoxypropan-l-ol instead of trifluoroacetaldehyde monohydrate 72% aqueous solution. Method 3; Rt: 3.72 min. m/z: 444.25 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.12 (s, 3 H) 1.16 (s, 3 H) 1.91 - 2.11 (m, 2 H) 3.47 - 3.71 (m, 3 H) 4.84 - 5.00 (m, 1 H) 6.95 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.86 (m, 4 H) 7.95 (dd, =8.90, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.30 (d, =2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.43 (s, 1 H). Example 17: 3-(difluoromethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E17)

D100 (30mg, 0.090mmol) was dissolved in l,4-dioxane (0.9mL), 1 -Ethoxy-2, 2-difluoroethanol (43.82mg, 0.350mmol) and two drops of HC14N in dioxane were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at l00°C for lh. The reaction mixture was directly purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0. l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound E17 (l8mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.45min, m/z=408. l8 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 5.05 - 5.24 (m, 1 H) 6.28 (td, =54.47, 4.31 Hz, 1 H) 7.09 (d, =8.90 Hz, 1 H) 7.65 - 7.82 (m, 2 H) 7.97 (dd, =8.80, 2.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.20 (s, 1 H) 8.29 (d, =2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.37 (d, =l0.64 Hz, 1 H) 10.45 (s, 1 H).

Example 18: 2-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-d ihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E18)

D99 (4lmg, 0.1 lmmol) was dissolved in 2-propanol (lmL), Trifluoroacetaldehyde monohydrate 72% aqueous solution (0.13mL, l.37mmol) and two drops of HC1 4N in dioxane were added, and the reaction mixture was heated under microwave irradiation at l50°C for 2.5h. The reaction mixture was directly purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0. l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound E18 (lOmg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.92min, m/z=440.l3 (M+H) ⁺ .1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 2.77 (s, 3 H) 5.94 - 6.13 (m, 1 H) 7.18 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.61 - 7.83 (m, 2 H) 8.04 (dd, =8.90, 2.10 Hz, 1 H) 8.33 (d, =2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.60 - 8.80 (m, 1 H) 10,51 (s, 1 H).

Examples E19 to E26 were prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of example El

Example 19: N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E19)

Compound D101 was used as starting material. Method 3; Rt=2.94min, m/z=340.09 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 4.63 - 4.77 (m, 2 H) 6.87 (d, =8.90 Hz, 1 H) 7.35 - 7.48 (m, 1 H) 7.49 - 7.61 (m, 1 H) 7.74 - 7.86 (m, 2 H) 7.87 - 8.01 (m, 2 H) 8.26 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.29 (s, 1 H). Example 20: N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E20)

Acetaldehyde was used instead of formaldehyde, and compound D101 was used as starting material. Method 3; Rt=3.08min, m/z=354.l4 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-7 ₆ ) d ppm 1.47 (d, .7=6.14 Hz, 3 H) 4.84 - 4.99 (m, 1 H) 6.88 (d, 7=8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.34 - 7.48 (m, 1 H) 7.49 - 7.60 (m, 1 H) 7.69 (d, 7=11.65 Hz, 1 H) 7.81 (s, 1 H) 7.86 - 8.02 (m, 2 H) 8.20 - 8.31 (m, 1 H) 10.31 (s, 1 H).

Example 21: 3-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1,2,4] thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E21)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. Acetaldehyde was used instead of formaldehyde, and the crude title compound was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0.l%HCOOH). Method 3; Rt=3.32min, m/z=372.l l (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-7 ₆ ) d ppm 1.47 (d, 7=6.14 Hz, 3 H) 4.82 - 5.03 (m, 1 H) 6.88 (d, 7=8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.81 (m, 3 H) 7.86 (s, 1 H)

7.91 (dd, 7=8.80, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.26 (d, 7=1.93 Hz, 1 H) 10.41 (s, 1 H).

Example 22: 3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E22)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. 3,3-diethoxypropan-l-ol was used instead of formaldehyde and l,4-dioxane was used instead of 2-propanol. Method 3; Rt: 3.02 min. m/z: 402.10 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-7 ₆ ) d ppm 1.92 - 2.06 (m, 2 H) 3.59 - 3.72 (m, 2 H) 4.72 - 4.82 (m, 1 H) 4.89 - 5.02 (m, 1 H) 6.96 (d, ,7=8.70 Hz, 1 H) 7.68 (d, J=\ 1.60 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 - 7.82 (m, 3 H) 7.94 (dd, ,7=8.90, 2.30 Hz, 1 H) 8.29 (br d, ,7=2.10 Hz, 1 H) 10.42 (s, 1 H).

Example 23: 3-((S)-l-hydroxyethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro -2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E23)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. D-lactaldehyde solution was used instead of formaldehyde and l,4-dioxane was used instead of 2-propanol. Method 3; Rt: 3.30 min m/z: 402.17 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-<i ₆ ; mixture of diastereoisomers) d ppm 1.23 - 1.31 (m, 6 H) 3.75 - 3.93 (m, 1 H, a) 3.93 - 4.10 (m, 1 H, b) 4.50 (dd, .7=11.92, 7.70 Hz, 1 H, a) 4.77 (dd, ,7=12.20, 2.84 Hz, 1 H, b) 5.37 (br s, 1 H) 7.10 (d, .7=9.00 Hz, 1 H, a or b) 7.19 (d, .7=8.89 Hz, 1 H, a or b) 7.29 (d, .7=12.38 Hz, 1 H, b) 7.63 - 7.84 (m, 7 H) 7.91 (t, ,7=2.20 Hz, 1 H, a or b) 7.94 (t, ,7=2.30 Hz, 1 H, a or b) 8.26 - 8.30 (m, 2 H) 10.41 (br s, 1 H, a or b) 10.43 (br s, 1 H, a or b) Example 24: 3-((R)-l-hydroxyethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro -2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E24)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. L-Lactaldehyde solution was used instead of formaldehyde and l,4-dioxane was used instead of 2-propanol. Method 3; Rt: 3.56 min m/z: 402.24 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (mixture of diastereoisomers, 300 MHz, DMSO-i/r,) d ppm 1.26 (d, ,7=5.41 Hz, 3 H, a or b) 1.28 (d, .7=5.60 Hz, 3 H, a or b) 3.78 - 3.89 (m, 1 H, a) 3.96 - 4.07 (m, 1 H, b) 4.50 (dd, ,7=11.90, 7.70 Hz, 1 H, a) 4.77 (dd, .7=12.30, 3.20 Hz, 1 H, b) 5.05 - 5.23 (m, 1 H, a or b) 5.28 - 5.45 (m, 1 H, a or b) 7.10 (d, ,7=8.90 Hz, 1 H, a or b) 7.20 (d, ,7=8.90 Hz, 1 H, a or b) 7.29 (d, ,7=12.20 Hz, 1 H, b) 7.67 (d, ,7=11.80 Hz, 1 H, a) 7.70 - 7.83 (m, 6 H) 7.91 (t, ,7=2.30 Hz, 1 H, a or b) 7.94 (t, ,7=2.40 Hz, 1 H, a or b) 8.28 (d, ,7=2.00 Hz, 1 H, a or b) 8.28 (d, ,7=2.10 Hz, 1 H, a or b) 10.41 (s, 1 H, a or b) 10.43 (s, 1 H, a or b).

Example 25: (S)-3-(l-hydroxyethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-4H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E25)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. D-(+)-Glyceraldehyde was used instead of formaldehyde and l,4-dioxane was used instead of 2-propanol. Method 3; Rt: 3.26 min m/z: 400.14 (M+H) ⁺ . (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.46 (d, =6.70 Hz, 3 H) 4.46 - 4.62 (m,

1 H) 6.32 (d, =4.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.71 - 7.84 (m, 2 H) 7.88 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 8.27 (dd, =8.80, 2.00 Hz, 1 H) 8.54 (d, =2.00 Hz, 1 H) 10.78 (s, 1 H) 12.11 (s, 1 H).

Example 26 : 3-((R)- 1 , 2-dihydroxy ethyl)-N-(3, 4, 5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E26)

Similary prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of E25 but at room temperature instead of 65°C. Method 3; Rt: 3.28 min m/z: 418.18 (M+H) ⁺ . 417.06. 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- _<i6 ; mixture of diastereoisomers) d ppm 3.51 - 3.61 (m,l H, a) 3.65 - 3.80 (m, 2 H, b) 3.80 - 3.91 (m, 1 H, a) 4.72 - 4.88 (m, 3 H, a and b) 4.90 - 4.99 (m, 1 H, a) 5.26 (d, =5.l0 Hz, 1 H, a) 5.42 (d, =6.00 Hz, 1 H, b) 7.03 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H, b) 7.16 (d, =l2.00 Hz, 1 H, a) 7.20 (d, J=9.30 Hz, 1 H, a) 7.59 (br s, 1 H, a or b) 7.65 (d, J=l 1.90 Hz, 1 H, b) 7.69 - 7.83 (m, 5 H, a and b) 7.88 - 7.98 (m, 2 H, a and b) 8.28 (br s, 2 H, a and b) 10.42 (br s, 2 H, a and b).

Example 27: 3,3-dimethyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E27)

4-amino-3-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzamide D100 (31.75 mg, 0.09 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (1.6 mL) and HC1 4N in dioxane (2 drops) was added. The solution was stirred at 65°C for 30 min. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM:MeOH) to afford the title compound E27 (13.1 mg) as white powder. Method 3; Rt: 3.43 min m/z: 386.23 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-iL) d ppm 1.58 (s, 6 H) 6.86 (d, =8.90 Hz, 1 H) 7.71 - 7.83 (m, 2 H) 7.87 (br s, 2 H) 7.92 (dd, =8.80, 2.10 Hz, 1 H) 8.30 (s, 1 H) 10.41 (s, 1 H).

Example 28: 3-(hydroxymethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E28)

4-amino-3-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzamide D100 (31.75 mg, 0.09 mmol) was dissolved in l,4-dioxane (950 uL), 2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)acetaldehyde-l-ol (70 uL, 0.37 mmol) and HC14N in dioxane (2 drops) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred in a sealed vial at 65°C for 30 min. 6M HC1 solution (153 uL) was added and the stirring was continued at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction was directly purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to afford, after lyophilization, 5.4 mg of the title compound E28 as white

To a solution of D100 (30 mg, 0.090 mmol) in IPA (1 mL) was added N-Boc-2 aminoacetaldehyde (55 mg, 0.350 mmol) and 4N HC1 in dioxane (30 pL, 0.120 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 65°C for 2h. 4N HC1 in dioxane (287 pL, 1.148 mmol) was added and stirring was continued at room temperature over night. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0, CH3CN 0.1% HCOOH). The pure fractions were combined and lyophilized to afford the title comppund E29 (16 mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt:

To a solution of E29 (12.6 mg, 0.030 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added acetic anhydride (0.004 mL, 0.040 mmol) and triethylamine (0.009 mL, 0.070 mmol). After 30 min. volatiles were evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN). The pure fractions were combined and lyophilized to afford the title compound E30 (4.0 mg) as a white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.00 min. m/z: 429.19 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-ί/ή) d ppm 1.89 (s, 3 H) 3.23 - 3.31 (m, 1 H) 3.63 (dt, =l3.66, 5.55 Hz, 1 H) 3.72 (br d, =8.25 Hz, 1 H) 4.73 - 4.85 (m, 1 H) 6.93 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.68 - 7.95 (m, 5 H) 8.12 - 8.29 (m, 2 H) 10.41 (s, 1 H). Example 31: tert- butyl 4-(l,l-dioxido-7-((3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazin-3-yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (E31)

Similary prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of El. Compound D100 was used as starting material and tert-butyl 4-formylpiperidine-l-carboxylate was used instead of formaldehyde, and purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0.l%HCOOH). Method 3; Rt = 3.89 min, m/z = 541.11, 11 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.20 - 1.34 (m, 2 H) 1.42 (s, 9 H) 1.79 - 1.92 (m, 3 H) 2.62 - 2.82 (m, 2 H) 3.92 - 4.11 (m, 2 H) 4.58 - 4.68 (m, 1 H) 7.01 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.54 (br s, 1 H) 7.64 - 7.79 (m, 3 H) 7.91 (dd, =8.89, 2.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.27 (d, =2. l l Hz, 1 H) 10.40 (s, 1 H)

Example 32: 3-(piperidin-4-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E32)

D100 (30 mg, 0.087 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-formylpiperidine-l-carboxylate (74 mg, 0.348 mmol) were dissolved in i-PrOH (0.9 mL); 3 drops of 4N HC1 in dioxane were added and the solution was heated to 65°C in a closed vial for 30 min; more 4N HC1 in dioxane (0.2 mL) was added and heating was continued for lh. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0.l%HCOOH) to obtain, after lyophilisation the title compound E32 (l9.9mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt = 2.56 min, m/z = 441.21, 11 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.34 - 1.55 (m, 2 H) 1.75 - 2.04 (m, 3 H) 2.54 - 2.79 (m, 2 H) 3.10 - 3.26 (m, 2 H) 4.54 - 4.65 (m, 1 H) 7.02 (d, =8.90 Hz, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.81 (m, 3 H) 7.92 (dd, =8.85, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 8.27 (d, =2.l 1 Hz, 1 H) 8.34 (s, 1 H) 10.42 (s, 1 H).

Example 33 : 2-methyl-3-(piperidin-4-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-di hydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E33)

Similarly prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of E32, starting from D99. The title compound E33 was obtained as HCOOH salt. Method 3; Rt= 2.74min, m/z=455.33 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.15 - 1.43 (m, 2 H) 1.76 - 1.87 (m, 1 H) 1.89 - 2.06 (m, 1 H) 2.09 - 2.23 (m, 1 H) 2.47 (s, 3 H) 2.59 - 2.78 (m, 2 H) 3.11 - 3.24 (m, 2 H) 4.80 (dd,

J=9.95, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.09 (d, =8.90 Hz, 1 H) 7.64 - 7.81 (m, 3 H) 7.97 (dd, =8.90, 2.10 Hz, 1

H) 8.28 (d, =2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.36 (s, 1 H) 10.47 (s, 1 H)

Example 34: 6-chloro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2H,4H-spiro[benzo[e][l,2, 4]thiadiazine- 3,l'-cyclobutane]-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E34)

A mixture of D102 (40mg, O.l lmmol), cyclobutanone (O.OlmL, O.l lmmol) in l,4-Dioxane (l.5mL) was treated with 4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid hydrate (5.0lmg, 0.03mmol) and heated at l00°C for 30min by microwave irradiation. Solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative LC-MS (H ₂ 0,CH ₃ CN 0.1% HCOOH) giving the title compound E34 (5.29mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.70min. m/z: 432.09 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^) d ppm 1.69 - 1.95 (m, 2 H) 2.11 - 2.32 (m, 2 H) 2.55 - 2.68 (m, 2 H) 6.88 (s, 1 H) 7.46 - 7.66 (m, 2 H) 7.66 - 7.78 (m, 1 H) 8.13 (br s, 1 H) 8.23 (s, 1 H) 10,51 - 10.85 (m, 1 H).

Example 35: 3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro -2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E35)

In a vial (5 mL) D100 (22.0 mg, 0.064 mmol), was dissolved in 0,5 mL of IPA and 2,6- Difluorobenzaldehyde (0.027 mL, 0.255 mmol), 1 drop of HC1 4N in l,4-dioxane were added. The vial was sealed and the reaction mixture was stirred and heated at 65 °C for 1 h. The mixture was purified by HPLC/MS prep to yield the title compound E35 (17.26 mg) as white powder. Method 3: Rt=3.8lmin, m/z= 470.06, (M+H) ⁺ . 'HNMR (DMSO-de, 300 MHz): d = 10.45 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J= 1.8 Hz, 2H), 8.18 (br d , J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.84-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J= 10,5, 6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.54-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.25 (t, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.28 ppm (br s, 1H)

Example 36: 6-chloro-3-(thiazol-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E36)

Similary prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of E7, using thiazole- 2-carbaldehyde instead of formaldehyde. Title compound E36 (l9mg) was purified from the reaction mixture by filtration and obtained as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.59min. m/z: 474.99 (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-ώ) d ppm 6.26 (dd, J=l 1.32, 0.78 Hz, 1 H) 7.30 (s, 1 H) 7.54 - 7.68 (m, 2 H) 7.82 (s, 1 H) 7.95 (q, J=3.21 Hz, 1 H) 8.45 (s, 1 H) 8.74 (d, J=l 1.37 Hz, 1 H) 10.78 (s, 1 H).

Example 37: 3-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E37)

A mixture of D101 (30mg, 0.09mmol) and 2,4-dimethyloxazole-5-carbaldehyde (43.49mg,0.35mmol) in IPA (2mL) was treated with 4N HC1 in dioxane (4.82uL,0.l3mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 70°C for lOmin. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by preparative LC MS (H ₂ 0,CH ₃ CN) to give the title compound E38. Method 3; Rt: 3.l2min. m/z: 435.20 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 2.15 (s, 3 H) 2.41 (s, 3 H) 6.04 (s, 1 H) 6.96 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.36 - 7.49 (m, 1 H) 7.50 - 7.60 (m, 1 H) 7.88 - 8.01 (m, 2 H) 8.13 (br s, 1 H) 8.27 - 8.32 (m, 1 H) 8.33 - 8.44 (m, 1 H) 10.35 (s, 1 H).

Example 39: 3-methyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E39)

D100 (20mg, 0.06mmol) was dissolved in 2-propanol (0.9mL), 4-acetylpyridine

(0.03mL,0.23mmol) and two drops of HC1 4N in dioxane were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at l00°C for lOh. The reaction mixture was directly purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0.l%HCOOH) to obtain, after lyophilisation the title compound E39 (9mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=2.5lmin, m/z=449.l2 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/r,) d ppm 1.74 (s, 3 H) 7.11 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.37 - 7.49 (m, 2 H) 7.64 - 7.79 (m, 2 H) 7.98 (dd, =8.62, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.18 (d, =2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.38 - 8.62 (m, 4 H) 10.38 (s, 1 H).

Examples E40 to E51 were prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of El

Example 40: 3-(thiazol-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E40)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. Thiazole-4-carbaldehyde was used instead of formaldehyde. Purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0.l%HCOOH). Method 3; Rt=3.39

Compound D100 was used as starting material. 6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxaldehyde was used instead of formaldehyde. Purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0.l%HCOOH). Method 3; Rt=3.73 min, ppm 6.19 (s, 1 H) 7.01 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.73 (br d, J=6.60 Hz, 1 H) 7.77 (br d, J=6.60 Hz, 1 H) 7.98 (dd, J=8.89, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.09 (d, J=8.07 Hz, 1 H) 8.25 (s, 1 H) 8.34 - 8.49 (m, 3 H) 9.07 (s, 1 H) 10.47 (s, 1 H).

Example 43 : 3-(thiophen-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E43)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. Thiophene-2-carbaldehyde was used instead of formaldehyde. Title compound E43 was recovered by filtration from the reaction mixture. Method 3; Rt: 3.72 min. m/z: 440.06 (M+H) ⁺ . (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 0.00 (d, J=\ 1.60 Hz, 1 H) 7.09 (d, =8.89 Hz, 1 H) 7.16 (dd, =5.00, 3.60 Hz, 1 H) 7.50 (d, =3.20 Hz, 1 H) 7.70 (dd, =5.00, 1.00 Hz, 1 H) 7.73 - 7.84 (m, 2 H) 0.00 (dd, =8.90, 2.10 Hz, 1 H) 8.29 (br s, 1 H) 8.32 - 8.40 (m, 2 H) 10.49 (br s, 1 H).

Example 44: 3-(pyridin-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E44)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. Picolinaldehyde was used instead of formaldehyde. Title compound E44 was recovered by filtration from the reaction mixture. Method 3; Rt: 3.30 min. m/z: 435.27 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 5.93 - 6.06 (m, 1 H) 7.21 (d, =8.90 Hz, 1 H) 7.49 - 7.63 (m, 1 H) 7.70 - 7.87 (m, 3 H) 7.93 - 8.09 (m, 2 H) 8.20 - 8.32 (m, 2 H) 8.38 (br s, 1 H) 8.72 (br d, =3.70 Hz, 1 H) 10.48 (br s, 1 H).

Example 45: 3-(l,2,3-thiadiazol-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E45)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. l,2,3-thiadiazole-5-carbaldehyde was used instead of formaldehyde. Title compound E45 was recovered by filtration from the reaction mixture. Method 3; Rt: 3.40 min. m/z: 442.09 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 6.58 (d, J=l 1.74 Hz, 1 H) 7.07 (d, =8.90 Hz, 1 H) 7.75 (dd, =l0,55, 6.60 Hz, 2 H) 7.98 (dd, =8.85, 2.16 Hz, 1 H) 8.36 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.45 (s, 1 H) 8.61 (d, =l l .74 Hz, 1 H) 9.42 (s, 1 H) 10.48 (s, 1 H).

Example 46: 3-(lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H - benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E46)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. lH-pyrazole-5-carbaldehyde was used instead of formaldehyde. Purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0.l%HCOOH) to give the title compound E46. Method 3; Rt=3.l9min. m/z= 424.12 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 5.93 (br s, 1 H) 6.57 (d, ,7=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 7.05 (d, ,7=8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.68 - 7.85 (m, 3 H) 7.93 (dd, ,7=8.89, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.02 - 8.25 (m, 2 H) 8.28 - 8.35 (m, 1 H) 10.45 (s, 1 H) 13.06 (br s, 1H)

Example 47 : N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E47)

Compound D101 was used as starting material and nicotinaldehyde was used instead of folrmaldehyde. Method 3; Rt: 2.46 min. m/z: 417.17 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-L) d 6.05 (d, ,7=11.74 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, ,7=8.89 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.86- 8.05 (m, 2H), 8.15-8.24 (m, 2H), 8.31 (d, ^=11.83 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (d, ,7=1.93 Hz, 1H), 8.72 (d, =4. l3 Hz, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H), 10.37 (s, 1H).

Example 48: 3-(pyridin-3-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E48)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. Nicotinaldehyde was used instead of formaline. Purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/MeCN). Method 3; Rt: min.2.68 m/z: 435.00 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-ώ) d 6.02 (br s, 1H), 7.01 (d, ,7=8.80 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, ,7=7.93, 4.81 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, ,7=10,50, 6.56 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (dd, ,7=8.71, 1.93 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (br d, ,7=7.89 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 3H), 8.67 (dd, .7=4.72, 1.24 Hz, 1H), 8.88 (d, ,7=1.74 Hz, 1H), 10.47 (s, 1H).

Example 49: 3-(thiazol-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E49)

Compound D100 was used as starting material; thiazole-2-carbaldehyde was used instead of formaline. Product was recovered by filtration of the reaction mixture. Method 3; Rt: min.3.46

Compound D101 was used as starting material and thiazole-2-carbaldehyde was used instead of formaline. Purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0, CH3CN 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound E50 (5.0lmg). Method 3; Rt: 3.22min. m/z: 423.11 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-L) d 6.25 (d, =l 1.37 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.84- 8.06 (m, 4H), 8.32 (d, =l.74 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.64 (d, =l l.46 Hz, 1H), 10.37 (s, 1H). Example 51: 3-(lH-imidazol-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2 H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E51)

Compound D100 was used as starting material. lH-imidazole-5-carbaldehyde was used instead of formaline. The title compound E51 was recovered by filtration of the reaction mixture. Method 3; Rt: 2.49min. m/z: 424.19 -de) d 6.16 (dd, =l0.36, 0.73 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (dd, =8.94, 1.51 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.82 (m, 4H), 7.95-8.09 (m, 1H), 8.27-8.42 (m, 1H),

8.48 (br d, =l0.27 Hz, 1H), 8.97 (br s, 1H), 10.49 (s, 1H), 13.64-14.85 (m, 1H).

Example 52: 3-(6-chloropyridin-3-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihyd ro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E52)

In a vial (5 mL) D100 (28.2 mg, 0.082 mmol) was dissolved in 0,5 mL of IPA and 6- chloronicotinaldehyde (0.037 mL, 0.327 mmol) and 1 drop of HC1 4N in l,4-dioxane were added.

The vial was sealed and the reaction mixture was stirred and heated at 65°C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was directly purified by HPLC/MS preparative giving the title compound E52 as white powder (19.91 mg). Method 3, RT=3.6lmin, m/z= 469,04, (M+H) ⁺ .1H NMR (DMSO-de, 300

MHz): d = 10.46 (s, 1H), 8.72 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.12-8.20 (m, 2H), 7.96 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, j= 10,5, 6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (d, j= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, j

= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.06 ppm (s, 1H).

Example 53: 3-(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)-3-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)- 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E53)

D100 (32mg, 0.09 mmol) was dissolved in 2-propanol (900 uL), l-(5-chloropyridin-2-yl) ethan- l-one (57.67mg, 0.37 mmol) and HC1 4N in dioxane (100 uL, 0.40 mmol) were added, and the solution was stirred at 95°C for 4h and overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was directly purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+O. l%HCOOH) to afford the title compound E53 (15.82 mg) as white powder. Method 3; Rt: 3.67 min. m/z: 483.02 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.81 (s, 3 H) 7.13 (d, J=8.70 Hz, 1 H) 7.63 (d, J=8.60 Hz, 1 H) 7.68 - 7.83 (m, 2 H) 7.89 - 8.03 (m, 2 H) 8.21 (d, J=2.00 Hz, 1 H) 8.38 - 8.55 (m, 2 H) 8.59 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.40 (br s, 1 H).

Example 54: 3-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E54)

A mixture of D100 (30mg, 0.09mmol) and pyrimidine-2-carbaldehyde (28.l8mg, 0.26mmol) in IPA (600uL) was heated in a closed vial for lh at 65°C. Purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA), yielding the title compound E54 (l4mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.28min. m/z: 436.15 (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-7 ₆ ) d ppm 5.90 - 6.17 (m, 1 H) 7.07 - 7.31 (m, 1 H) 7.65 (t, .7=4.91 Hz, 1 H) 7.75 (dd, 7=10,55, 6.60 Hz, 2 H) 7.90 - 8.03 (m, 1 H) 8.21 - 8.32 (m, 3

H) 8.99 (d, 7=4.95 Hz, 2 H) 10.33 - 10,54 (m, 1 H).

Example 55: 3-methyl-3-(pyrazin-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E55)

A mixture of D100 (3 lmg, 0.09mmol) and 2-acetylpyrazine (51 53mg, 0.42mmol) in IPA (1 5mL) was treated with 4N HC1 (3 l4.22uL,l.26mmol), heated to 80°C in a closed vial, treated with 4N HC1 (lOOuL) and heated at l40°C for l5min. The reaction was further treated with 4N HC1 (200uL) and stirred overnight at room temperature. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on direct phase (DCM/MeOH), the title compound E55 (l.47mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.l5min. m/z: 450.1 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-7 ₆ ) d ppm

1.84 (s, 3 H) 7.11 (d, 7=8.89 Hz, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 7.96 (dd, 7=8.85, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 8.17 (d, 7=2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.51 - 8.60 (m, 4 H) 8.85 (d, 7=1.28 Hz, 1 H) 10.37 (s, 1 H).

xample 56: 2'-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2H,4H-spiro[benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-3,3'- indoline] -7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E56)

A mixture of D100 (30mg, 0.09mmol), indoline-2,3-dione (5 l.l3mg, 0.35mmol) in IPA (l.5mL) was treated with 4N HC1 (20uL, leq) and heated at 80°C in a closed vial for 2-2.5hrs. More 4N HC1 was added (lOOuL) in a single portion and the vial was heated at l00°C for lh. The reaction solution was filtered giving the title compound E56 (l l.84mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.47min. m/z: 475.12 (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-7 ₆ ) d ppm 6.87 - 6.97 (m, 1 H) 6.87 - 6.97 (m, 1 H)

7.04 (td, 7=7.61, 0.73 Hz, 1 H) 7.34 (td, 7=7.70, 1.19 Hz, 1 H) 7.56 - 7.68 (m, 1 H) 7.75 (dd, ,7=10,55, 6.60 Hz, 2 H) 7.97 (dd, ,7=8.76, 2.06 Hz, 1 H) 8.29 - 8.36 (m, 2 H) 8.61 (s, 1 H) 10.43 - 10,54 (m, 1 H) 10.67 - 10.78 (m, 1 H).

The racemic mixture was dissolved in 200 pL of methanol in order to separate the two enantiomers (herein reported as E129 and E130) by chiral phase HPLC. Chiral Separation Method: isocratic analysis with Chiral HPLC Analytical column , Chiralpack IB-N5 (Daicel corporation), 0.46 cm I.D.x 25 cm L at 20% B ( Phase A: n-Heptane and Phase B: 2-Propanol). Semiprep-scale-up: isocratic analysis with Chiral HPLC Semiprep column , Chiralpack IB-N5 (Daicel corporation), lcm I.D.x 25 cm L at 20% B (Phase A: n-Heptane and Phase B: 2-Propanol).

Example 57: 2'-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-l',2'-dihydro-2H,4H- spiro [benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-3,3'-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine]-7-carboxamid e 1,1-dioxide

Similary prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of E56, but using at room temperature lH-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-2,3-dione instead of 2,3-Indolinedione. Purification was performed by preparative HPLC (H2O/CH3CN+ 0.l%HCOOH). Method 3; Rt: 3.27. m/z:

A mixture of D61 (35mg, 0.08mmol) and formaldehyde (22.68uL, 0.32mmol) in IPA (2mL) was treated with 4N HC1 in dioxane (2l.7luL, 0.09mmol) and heated in a closed vial at 65°C for 30min. The reaction solution was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) affording the title compound E58 (l4mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.32min. m/z: 456.14 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 0.98 - 1.33 (m, 2 H) 1.50 - 1.72 (m, 4 H) 1.72 - 1.91 (m, 2 H) 3.44 - 3.62 (m, 3H) 4.96 (d, =2.84 Hz, 2 H) 6.88 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.67 - 7.76 (m, 2 H) 7.77 - 7.83 (m, 1 H) 7.90 (dd, =8.85, 2.06 Hz, 1 H) 7.99 - 8.05 (m, 1 H) 8.24 (d, =2.02 Hz, 1 H) 10.39 (s, 1 H). NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de+TFA) d ppm 0.98 - 1.31 (m, 3 H) 1.52 - 1.72 (m, 4 H) 1.72 - 1.92 (m, 2 H) 2.06 (s, 1 H) 3.21 - 3.42 (m, 1 H) 3.51 (br t, =7.02 Hz, 1 H) 4.96 (s, 2 H) 6.87 (d, =8.80

Hz, 1 H) 7.59 - 7.84 (m, 3 H) 7.89 (dd, =8.89, 2.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.24 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.38 (s, 1 H).

Example 59: ci\-2-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-N-(3,4,5-tnfluorophenyl)-3,4-dih ydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E59)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound El, starting from D49. Method 3: Rt=3.47min, m/z=456.2l (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- ώ+TFA) d ppm 1.27 - 1.49 (m, 4 H) 1.55 - 1.71 (m, 2 H) 1.85 - 2.04 (m, 2 H) 3.47 - 3.64 (m, 1 H) 3.66 - 3.81 (m, 1 H) 4.96 (s, 2 H) 6.87 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.78 (m, 2 H) 7.78 - 8.04 (m, 2 H) 8.24 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1 H) 10.38 (s, 1 H).

Example 60: 2-cyclopropyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E60)

D117 (30mg, 0.08mmol) and formaldehyde (22.37uL, 0.3lmmol) in IPA (2mL) was treated with 4N HC1 (2luL, 0.086mmol, l.leq) and heated at 65°C for lh. The reaction solution was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) affording, the title compound E60 (l2mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.7lmin. m/z: 398.18 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 0.66 - 0.84 (m, 4 H) 2.15 (tt, =6.63, 3.37 Hz, 1 H) 3.43 (br s, 5 H) 4.86 (d, J=2J5 Hz, 2 H) 6.96 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.67 - 7.78 (m, 2 H) 7.95 (dd, =8.80, 2.30 Hz, 1 H) 7.99 - 8.06 (m, 1 H) 8.30 (d, J=2A 1 Hz, 1 H) 10.43 (br s, 1 H).

Example 61 : 2-(piperidin-4-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E61)

In a 5mL vial, solution of D124 (30mg, 0.06mmol) and formaldehyde (44.07uL, 0.23mmol) in IPA (2mL) was treated with 4N HC1 in dioxane (l5.6luL, 0.06mmol). The reaction was heated at 65°C for lh, cooled to room temperature, treated with 37% HC1 (500uL) and heated at l00°C for 30min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) affording the title compound E61 (4.4lmg) as TFA salt. Method 3; Rt: 2.63min. m/z: 441.21 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.75 - 2.07 (m, 4 H) 2.80 - 3.08 (m, 2 H) 3.21 - 3.28 (m, 1 H) 3.71 - 3.96 (m, 1 H) 4.97 (br d, =l.83 Hz, 2 H) 6.92 (d, =8.89 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (dd, =l0,55, 6.60 Hz, 2 H) 7.89 - 7.97 (m, 1 H) 8.00 (br s, 1 H) 8.11 - 8.25 (m, 1 H) 8.29 (d, =l.93 Hz, 1 H) 8.37 - 8.67 (m, 1 H) 10.41 (s, 1 H).

Example 62: 2-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E62)

In a vial (5 mL) D91 (24 mg, 0.062 mmol) was dissolved in IPA (0,5 mL) then formaldehyde, 37% aq., (0.037 mL) and 1 drop of HC1 4N in l,4-dioxane were added. The vial was sealed and the reaction mixture was stirred and heated at 65 °C for 1.5 h. The crude product was purified preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0. l% TFA) giving the title compound E62 as white powder (11.46 mg). Method 3: Rt= 3. l3min, m/z=402.l0 (M+H) ⁺ .

D51 (60mg, 0.l2mmol) was dissolved in dimethoxy ethane (lmL) and treated at room temperature with a single portion of 37% HC1 (200uL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for l5min. The reaction was partitioned between water and DCM. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated giving a residue (50mg, white solid). This residue was suspended in DCM and filtered giving the title compound E64 (l4mg)Method 3; Rt:

7.53 - 7.60 (m, 1 H) 7.94 (ddd, ,7=13.30, 7.52, 2.48 Hz, 1 H) 8.08 (s, 1 H) 8.25 (dd, ,7=8.71, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.54 (d, ,7=1.93 Hz, 1 H) 10.68 (s, 1 H) 12.57 (br s, 1 H).

Example 67: N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3-methyl-2H-benzo[e] [ 1,2,4] thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E67)

In a round bottom flask D101 (40 mg, 0. l22mmol) was treated at 80 °C overnight in CH3COOH but the reaction did not occur. The reaction was performed in a sealed vial by means of a microwave reactor and was heated for 10 hours at l50°C after addition of 2 mL of acetic anhydride. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH3CN+0.l% TFA) to give the title compound E67 (1.1 mg) as white powder. Method 3: Rt=2.85 min, m/z= 352.18 (M+H) ⁺ . (DMSO-de, 300 MHz): d ppm 12.06-12.63 (m, 1H), 10.67 (br s, 1H), 8.50 (br s, 1H), 8.23 (br d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (br dd, J = 11.3, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.44 (br d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 2.35 ppm (s, 3H).

Example 68: 6-fluoro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2H-benzo[e] [ 1,2,4] thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E68)

In a microwave vial D28 (90 mg, 0.229mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (4.5 mL), cesium carbonate (300 mg, 0.92lmmol) was added, the vial sealed and heated at l00°C for 30 min under MW. Mixture was diluted with AcOEt and washed with brine two times. Organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude title compound was purified by preparative HPLC (EEO/CEbCN+O. P/o TFA) to give the title compound E68 (5.12 mg) as white powder. Method 3; Rt: 3.11 min. m/z: 374.07 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d ₆ ) d ppm 7.26 (d, =l0.82 Hz, 1 H) 7.53 - 7.75 (m, 2 H) 8.10 (s, 1 H) 8.20 (d, =7.06 Hz, 1 H) 10.91 (s, 1 H) 12.58 (br s, 1 H).

Example 69: 3-amino-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2H-benzo[e] [ 1,2,4] thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E69)

D29 (2l2.33mg, 0,54mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (2mL), treated with cesium carbonate (600mg, 1 83mmol) and heated to 90°C for 3hrs. The reaction was diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The acqueous layer was acidified to pH= 7 with 6N HC1 and further extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts were dried over MgS0 ₄ (dry), filtered and finally evaporated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0, CH3CN 0.1% TFA) yielding the title compound E69 (3 lmg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 2.82min. m/z: 371.09 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 7.11 - 7.27 (m, 1 H) 7.32 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.67 - 7.83 (m, 2 H) 8.13 (dd, =8.62, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.41 (d, =l.93 Hz, 1 H) 10.61 - 10.75 (m, 1 H) 11.11 (s, 1 H). Example 70: 3-acetamido-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thia diazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E70)

Similary prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound E69, using as starting material D30. Method 3; Rt: 3.l8min. m/z: 413.11 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-ώ) d ppm 2.20 (s, 3 H) 7.68 - 7.83 (m, 3 H) 8.22 (dd, =8.7l, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.48 (d, =l.93 Hz, 1 H) 10.76 (s, 1 H) 11.65 (br s, 1 H) 12.16 (br s, 1 H).

Example 71: 6-fluoro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1,2,4] thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E71)

To a stirred solution of E68 (28 mg, 0.075 mmol) in dry THF (1 mL), sodium borohydride (28.4 mg, 0.751 mmol) and methanol (0.050 mL) were added. To have complete conversion two additions of sodium borohydride (15 mg, 0.396 mmol) were made during 7.5h. Mixture was diluted with slow addition of water and TFA in order to purify crude with preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0.l% TFA) to give the title compound E71 as white powder (8.95 mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.28 min. m/z: 376.09 (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 4.72 (dd, =7.98, 2.38 Hz, 2 H) 6.65 (d, =l3.l l Hz, 1 H) 7.58 - 7.71 (m, 2 H) 7.84 - 8.01 (m, 3 H) 10.43 (s, 1 H).

Example 72: 5-fluoro-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1,2,4] thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E72)

D96 (49mg, 0.l30mmol) was dissolved in water (l.5mL) and THF (lmL), sodium tetrahydroborate (59.59mg, l.58mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3.5h. More sodium tetrahydroborate (59.59mg, l.58mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was directly purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilisation the title compound E72 (l8mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.45min, m/z=376.l6 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 4.62 - 4.86 (m, 2 H) 7.63 - 7.80 (m, 2 H) 7.80 - 7.95 (m, 2 H) 8.04

(br s, 1 H) 8.12 - 8.23 (m, 1 H) 10.45 (s, 1 H).

Example 73: 6-fluoro-4-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-4H-benzo[e] [ 1,2,4] thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E73)

To a stirred solution of sodium E68 (31.7 mg, 0.080 mmol) in dry DMF (1 mL), iodomethane (5 uL, 0.088 mmol) was added. To have complete conversion more iodomethane (15 uL, 0.264 mmol) was added during 3h. Crude was diluted with water and acetonitrile for purification with preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0.l% TFA) to give the title compound E73 as white powder (8.62 mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.21 min. m/z: 388.05 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 3.65 (s, 3 H) 7.56 - 7.72 (m, 3 H) 8.16 (s, 1 H) 8.25 (d, =7.24 Hz, 1 H) 10.94 (s, 1 H). Example 74: N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3-oxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E74)

D101 (40mg, 0.l2mmol) was suspended in DCM (0.8mL, 0.0l2mol) and N-ethyl-N- isopropylpropan-2-amine (72.37uL, 0.42mmol) was added. The suspension was cooled to 0°C. Triphosgene (l5.23mg, 0.05mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 0°C for lh. The resulting yellow solution become a white suspension; water (lOOuL) was added in a single portion at 0°C, the mixture was stirred 2min then filtered. The precipitate was purified by preparative HPLC (H2O/CH3CN 0.1% TFA) giving the title compound E74 (6.7mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 2.57min. m/z: 354.00 ppm 7.33 (d, =8.80 Hz,

1 H) 7.39 - 7.51 (m, 1 H) 7.52 - 7.60 (m, 1 H) 7.93 (ddd, =l3.27, 7.54, 2.48 Hz, 1 H) 8.19 (dd, =8.50, 1.90 Hz, 1 H) 8.44 (d, =l.74 Hz, 1 H) 10,59 (s, 1 H) 11.36 (br s, 1 H).

Example 75: 3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E75)

Prepared similary according to the procedure described for the preparation of E74 using as starting material D100 and purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0,CH ₃ CN 0.1% TFA). Method 3; Rt: 2.85min. m/z: 369.92 (M-H)\ ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 6.01 - 6.05 (m, 1 H) 7.23 (d, J=8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.75 (dd, J=l0.45, 6.60 Hz, 2 H) 8.08 (dd, J=8.62, 1.74 Hz, 1 H) 8.35 - 8.39 (m, 1 H) 10.62 (s, 1 H) 10.69 - 10.95 (m, 1 H).

Example 76: 2-methyl-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E76)

D99 (60.mg,0.l70mmol) was dissolved in DCM (0.8mL), treated with DIPEA (233uL, 8eq), cooled to 0°C and treated with triphosgene (l48.66mg, 0,5mmol) added in 3 equal portion over 1 5hrs. The reaction was poured in water and extracted with DCM. The combned organic extracts were dried over MgS0 ₄ (dry) filtered and evaporated, giving a residue, that was purified by prepartative HPLC (H ₂ 0, CH3CN 0.1% TFA). Obtained the title compound E76 (7.9mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.50min. m/z: 383.97 (M-H)\ ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 3.22 - 3.28 (m, 3 H) 7.42 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.82 (m, 2 H) 8.25 - 8.31 (m, 1 H) 8.53 (d, =l.93 Hz, 1 H) 10.73 (br s, 1 H) 11.81 (br s, 1 H).

Example 77: (R)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2-(l,l,l-trifluoropropan -2-yl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E77)

A mixture of D115 (25.5mg, 0.06mmol) and l,l'-carbonyldiimidazole (37.47mg, 0.23mmol) in DMF (0,5mF) was treated with triethylamine (0.16mF, 0.l2mmol) and heated by microwave irradiation at l50°C for 45min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and purified by preparative HPFC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0.l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound E77 (7mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.97min, m/z: 468.16 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 1.71 (d, =6.80 Hz, 3 H) 5.29 (br s, 1 H) 7.47 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.79 (m, 2 H) 8.30 (dd, =8.53, 1.93 Hz, 1 H) 8.51 (d, J=l.74 Hz, 1 H) 10.75 (s, 1 H) 12.01 (br s, 1 H). Example 78: (S)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2-(l,l,l-trifluoropropan -2-yl)-3,4-dihydro- 2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E78)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound E77, starting from D116. Method 3; Rt: 3.97min. m/z: 468.16 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d ₆ ) d ppm 1.71 (d, =6.90 Hz, 3 H) 5.34 (br s, 1 H) 7.46 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.60 - 7.83 (m, 2 H) 8.30 (dd, =8.53, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.5l (d, =l.83 Hz, 1 H) 10.75 (s, 1 H) 12.00 (br s, 1 H). Example 79: 2-cyclopropyl-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H - benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E79)

A mixture of D117 (40mg, O.lmmol) and di(lH-imidazol-l-yl)methanone (43.2mg, 0.27mmol) in DMF (0.62mL) was treated with triethylamine (l8.47uL, 0.l3mmol) and heated by microwave irradiation at l50°C for l lmin. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the reaction solution purified by preparative HPLC (H2O/CH3CN+I TFA) to afford, after lyophilization the title compound E79 (l2.2mg). 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/r,) d ppm 0.75 - 1.13 (m, 4 H) 2.08 (s, 1 H) 2.75 - 2.85 (m, 1 H) 7.37 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.82 (m, 2 H) 8.25 (dd, =8.62, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.49 (d, =l.93 Hz, 1 H) 10.71 (br s, 1 H) 11.72 (br s, 1 H). Method 3; Rt: 3.68min. m/z: 412.17 (M+H) ⁺ .

Example 80: tm/i.s-2-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-3-oxo-N-(3, 4, 5-trifluorophenyl)-3, 4-dihydro- 2H-benzo[e][l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E80)

A solution of D118 (50mg, 0.09mmol) in DMSO (l.5mL) was treated with 37% HC1 (3 drops) and heated at 50°C for lh. The reaction was diluted with water and extracted with DCM 3 times. The combined organic extracts were washed with NaHCCh (sat. solution), dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and finally evaporated under reduced pressure, giving a residue which was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) affording the title compound E80 (3.59mg). 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.17 - 1.47 (m, 2 H) 1.56 - 2.10 (m, 4 H) 2.16 - 2.42 (m, 2 H) 3.39

- 3.53 (m, 1 H) 4.25 - 4.42 (m, 1 H) 4.43 - 4.97 (m, 1 H) 7.39 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.57 - 7.84 (m, 2 H) 8.25 (dd, =8.62, 1.93 Hz, 1 H) 8.46 (d, =l .83 Hz, 1 H) 10.72 (s, 1 H) 11.59 - 11.80 (m, 1 H). NMR (300 MHz, OMSO-d5+TFA)p^m 2.22 - 2.32 (m, 2 H) 2.49 (dd, =l8.87, 4.38 Hz, 4 H) 2.63 - 2.72 (m, 2 H) 3.07 - 3.17 (m, 1 H) 3.44 - 3.54 (m, 1 H) 4.71 (d, =3.45 Hz, 1 H) 4.79 - 4.88 (m, 2 H) 5.05 (dd, =3.45, 0.77 Hz, 1 H) 5.13 (d, =0.73 Hz, 1 H) 6.04 (s, 1 H) 6.43 (s, 1 H). Method 3; Rt: 3.42min. m/z: 468.32 (M-H)-.

Example 81 : 3-oxo-2-(piperidin-4-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihyd ro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E81)

A solution of D62 in DCM (lmL) was treated at room temperature with TFA (lmL). The yellow reaction solution was magnetically stirred at room temperature for lh. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to give the title compound E81 (25.9mg) as TFA salt. 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 1.98 (br d, J=l 1.92 Hz, 2 H) 2.67 (br dd, =l2.88, 3.26 Hz, 2 H) 3.12 (m, =l0.00 Hz, 2 H) 3.41 (br s, 2 H) 4.59 - 4.86 (m, 1 H) 7.42 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (dd, J=l0.32, 6.56 Hz, 2 H) 8.22 - 8.43 (m, 1 H) 8.49 (d, =l.83 Hz, 1 H) 8.73 (br s, 1 H) 10,59 - 10.86 (m, 1 H) 11.85 (s, 1 H). 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de+TFA) d ppm 1.90 - 2.04 (m, 2 H) 2.57 - 2.84 (m, 2 H) 3.01 - 3.24 (m, 2 H) 3.38 (br d, =l 1.92 Hz, 2 H) 4.52 - 4.93 (m, 1 H) 7.41 (d, J=8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.58 - 7.85 (m, 2 H) 8.28 (dd, =8.67, 1.97 Hz, 1 H) 8.31 - 8.44 (m, 1 H) 8.49 (d, =l.83 Hz, 1 H) 8.72 (br d, =9.90 Hz, 1 H) 10.73 (br s, 1 H) 11.83 (br s, 1 H). Method 3; Rt: 2.64min. m/z: 455.13 (M+H) ⁺ .

Example 82: 2-(oxetan-3-yl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro- 2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E82)

A solution of D130 (40mg, O.lmmol) in DMF (0.750mL) was treated with di(lH-imidazol-l- yl)methanone (64.64mg, 0.4mmol) and triethylamine (27.63uL, 0.2mmol). The resulting bright yellow solution was heated by microwave irradiation at l50°C for lOmin (2run). The reaction solution was diluted with water, acidified with 5% citric acid and extracted with diethylether. Solvent was removed giving a residue (lOOmg) which was purified by preparative HPLC affording the title compound E82. Method 1; Rt: 2.08min. m/z: 428.24(M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 4.66 - 4.79 (m, 2 H) 4.86 (t, J=7.20 Hz, 2 H) 5.26 (t, J=7.47 Hz, 1 H) 7.40 (d, J=8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.73 (dd, J=l0.36, 6.60Hz, 2 H) 8.27 (dd, J=8.62, 1.56 Hz, 1 H) 8.48 (d, J=l .83 Hz, 1 H) 10.72 (s, 1 H) 11.97 (br s, 1 H).

Example 83: tert-butyl (S)-3-(l,l-dioxido-3-oxo-7-((3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl )-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo [e] [ 1 ,2,4] thiadiazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine- 1-carboxylate (E83)

tert-butyl (S)-3-((2-amino-5-((3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)s ulfonamido)pyrrolidine- l-carboxylate was prepared similary as described for the preparation of D107 using as starting material D44 and purified by preparative HPLC (H2O/CH3CN+ 0. l%HCOOH),. Method 3; Rt: 3.8lmin. m/z: 5 l5.24(M+H) ⁺ .1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.35 (br d, =5.69 Hz, 9 H)

1.55 - 1.77 (m, 1 H) 1.78 - 2.00 (m, 1 H) 2.88 - 3.05 (m, 1 H) 3.07 - 3.31 (m, 4 H) 3.64 (br s, 1 H)

6.56 (br s, 2 H) 6.91 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.64 - 7.79 (m, 2 H) 7.92 (dd, =8.7l, 2.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.07 (br s, 1 H) 8.24 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1 H) 10.37 (s, 1 H). A solution of compound from previous step (200mg, 0.39mmol) in DMF (3mL, 0.039mol) was treated with di(lH-imidazol-l-yl)methanone (252. lmg, l .55mmol) and triethylamine (l07.76uL, 0.78mmol). The resulting bright yellow solution was heated by microwave irradiation at l50°C for 2lmin (2runs). The reaction was diluted with water, acidified with 5% citric acid and extracted with diethylether. Solvent was removed by evaporation giving a residue (200mg). One amount (40mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (H2O/CH3CN+ 0.1% HCOOH) affording the title compound E83 (l5mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 4.07. m/z: 485.05 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e +TFA) d ppm 1.40 (s, 9 H) 2.10 - 2.26 (m, 1 H) 3.19 - 3.43 (m, 1 H) 3.50 - 3.65 (m, 2 H) 5.10 (t, =8.2l Hz, 1 H) 7.42 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 8.27 (dd, =8.62, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.51 (d, =L83 Hz, 1 H) 10.72 (s, 1 H) 11.82 (s, 1 H).

Example 84: (S)-3-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-3-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E84)

A solution of E83 (l60mg, 0.3mmol) in DCM (lmL) was treated at room temperature with a single portion of trifluoroacetic acid (2.27mL, 29.6mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for lh. Solvent was removed in vacuo giving the residue (2l7mg) which was partitioned between EtOAc/(lM)NaOH. The organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and evaporated giving a residue (95mg) of which one amount (3lmg) was purified by preparative HPLC (H2O/CH3CN 0.l%TFA) affording the title compound E84 as TFA salt. Method 3; Rt: 2.64min. m/z: 441.21 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de +TFA) d ppm 1.40 (s, 9 H) 2.10 - 2.26 (m, 1 H) 3.19 - 3.43 (m, 1 H) 3.50 - 3.65 (m, 2 H) 5.10 (t, =8.2l Hz, 1 H) 7.42 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 8.27 (dd, =8.62, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.51 (d, =l.83 Hz, 1 H) 10.72 (s, 1 H) 11.82 (s, 1 H).

Example 85: (S)-2-(l-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophen yl)-3,4-dihydro- 2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E85)

To a stirred mixture of E84 (3 lmg, 0.07mmol) and formaldehyde (37% in water, 57.l3uF, 0.7mmol) in methanol (lmF)was added at room temperature sodium cyanoborohydride (26.54mg, 0.42mmol) in a single portion. The yellowish solution was stirred at room temperature for lOmin. The reaction solution was purified by preparative HPFC (H2O/CH3CN 0.l%TFA) giving the title compound E85 as TFA salt Method 3; Rt: 2.66min. m/z: 455.26(M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-ώ) d ppm 2.51 (m, 2 H) 2.87 (s, 3 H) 2.95-3.93 (m, 4 H) 5.32 (m, 1 H) 7.47 (d, J=8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.73 (dd, J=l0.32, 6.56 Hz, 2 H) 8.32 (dd, J=8.67, 1.97 Hz, 1 H) 8.56 (d, J=l.83 Hz, 1 H) 9.10 (s, 1 H) 10.75 (s, 1 H) l l.97 (br s, 1 H). Example 86: 2-(3-hydroxycyclobutyl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4- dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E86)

A solution of D93 in THF (lmL) was treated with a single portion of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1M in THF, 395.9uL, 0.4mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with water and 5% citric acid aq. solution, extracted with DCM and washed with NaHC0 ₃ (sat. solution). The organic layer was evaporated giving a residue that was purified by preparative HPLC. Method 1; Rt: l .97min. m/z: 442.23 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6 + TFA ) d ppm 2.15 - 2.33 (m, 1.5 H) 2.54 - 2.77 (m, 2.5 H) 2.87 - 3.07 (m, 1 H) 3.81 - 3.98 (m, 0.5 H) 4.12 - 4.30 (m, 0.5 H) 4.31 - 4.44 (m, 0.5 H) 5.08 - 5.29 (m, 0.5 H) 7.31 - 7.47 (m, 1 H) 7.61 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 8.25 (dd, J=8.57, 1.97 Hz, 1 H) 8.41 - 8.54 (m, 1 H) 10.71 (s, 1 H) 1 1.70 (s, 1 H).

Example 87. ci.s-2-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-3-oxo-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl) -3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[e] [1, 2, 4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E87)

D94 (94mg,0. l6mmol) was dissolved in THF (0,5mL) 1M tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF (0.64mL, 0.64mmol) was added, and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2h. 4N HC1 in dioxane (l .53mL, 6.l2mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for another l .5h. EtOAc was added and the mixture was washed with water, sat. NaHCCh solution and brine. Organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (cyclohexane/EtOAc), then lyophilized, to obtain the title compound E87 (41 mg) as white solid. Method 3: Rt=3.49min, m/z=470.33 (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 1.40 - 1.62 (m, 4 H) 1.68 - 1.87 (m, 2 H) 2.60 - 2.79 (m, 2 H) 3.83 (br s, 1 H) 4.28 - 4.47 (m, 2 H) 7.38 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.86 (m, 2 H) 8.24 (dd, =8.53, 1.93 Hz, 1 H) 8.45 (d, .7=1.93 Hz, 1 H) 10.65 (s, 1 H) 11.67 (br s, 1 H).

Example 88: 5-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [ 1,2,4] thiadiazine- 7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E88)

A pressure vessel was charged with D54 (2l7mg, 0.600mmol), l,4-dioxane (l .5mL) and 33% aqueous ammonia (0.75mL,6.36mmol). The pressure vessel was sealed and the reaction mixture was heated at 95°C for 7.5h, then stirred at RT overnight. More 33% aqueous ammonia (0,5mL, 4.24mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at l00°C for another 8.5h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and water, organic layer was dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The residue was triturated with DCM, then was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilisation compound 4-amino-3-methyl-5-sulfamoyl- N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)benzamide (86mg) as off-white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.l9min, ppm 2.22 (s, 3 H) 6.21 (s, 2 H) 7.41 (s, 2 H) 7.65 - 7.79 (m, 2 H) 7.80 - 7.89 (m, 1 H) 8.19 (d, =2.02 Hz, 1 H) 10.33 (s, 1 H).

The purified compounds was reacted according to the procedure described for the preparation of El. The title compound E88 was recovered by filtration from the reaction mixture. Method 3; Rt=3.37min, m/z=372.04 (M+H) ⁺ . 1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 2.19 (s, 3 H) 4.73 (d, =2.66 Hz, 2 H) 6.98 - 7.32 (m, 1 H) 7.66 - 7.79 (m, 2 H) 7.79 - 7.97 (m, 2 H) 8.17 (d, =l .83 Hz, 1 H) 10.37 (br s, 1 H).

Example 89: 5-methyl-3-(thiazol-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihy dro-2H- benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E89)

Similary prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of example El, using as starting material compound 4-amino-3-methyl-5-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide prepared as in E88 and treating with thiazole-2-carbaldehyde instead of formaldehyde. The title compound was recovered by filtration from the reaction mixture. Method ppm 2.31 (s, 3 H) 6.13 - 6.36 (m, 1 H) 7.27 (br s, 1 H) 7.64 - 7.84 (m, 2 H) 7.85 - 8.01 (m, 3 H) 8.14 - 8.30 (m, 1 H) 8.54 - 8.79 (m, 1 H) 10.47 (s, 1 H).

Example 90: N-(3-cyano-4-fluorophenyl)-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7-carboxamide 1,1- dioxide (E90)

To a solution of D58 (40mg, 0.18 mmol) in DCM (2 mL), were added oxalyl dichloride (22.93 uL, 0.26 mmol) followed by DMF (a few drops). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 50 min, then was cooled to 0°C and DIPEA (152.64 uL, 0.88 mmol) and 5-Amino- 2-fluorobenzonitrile (71.58 mg, 0,53 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for the weekend. The mixture was diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% citric acid solution (5mL). The product was present in both phases. All the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water and eluted on PoraPak reversed phase cartridge (5 g). The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to afford, after lyophilization, the title compound E90 (2.89 mg) as white powder. Method 3; Rt: 2.68 min. m/z: 344.82 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/r,) d ppm 7.51 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.6l (t, =9.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.10 (s, 2 H) 8.25 - 8.36 (m, 2 H) 8.59 (d, =l.70 Hz, 1 H) 10.83 (s, 1 H) 12.61 (br s, 1 H)

Example 91: N-(3-cyano-4-fluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E91)

To a mixture of D58 (40 mg, 0.18 mmol) and 2-(2,3-dihydro-lH-benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-yl)- l,l,3,3-tetramethylisouronium hexafluorophosphate(V) (66.64 mg, 0.18 mmol) in dry DMF (353 uL) under nitrogen, 5-Amino-2-fluorobenzonitrile (23.86 mg, 0.18 mmol) and N-ethyl-N- isopropylpropan-2-amine (91.58 uL, 0,53 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for the weekend. Water and EtOAc were added and the two phases separated. The organic layer was washed with sat. aq. NaHCCh solution (15 mL), 2N HC1 solution (15 mL) and Brine (15 mL), then dried on Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude title compound was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to afford, after lyophilization, 23.2 mg of the title compound E91. Method 3; Rt:2.80 min m/z: 347.04 (M+H) ⁺ .

D95 (2 mg, 0.006 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in water (200 uL) and THF (300 uL), NaBH ₄ (10 mg, 0.264 mmol, 44.5 eq) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. NaBH ₄ (10 mg, 0.264 mmol) was added and after total 44 h the reaction was almost complete. Water (1 mL) and MeOH (1 mL) were added and the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to afford the title compound E92 (1.91 mg) as white powder. Method 3; Rt: 2.53. m/z: 339.14 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 4.67 - 4.81 (m, 2 H) 6.91

(d, =8.90 Hz, 1 H) 7.54 (d, =8.70 Hz, 1 H) 7.80 - 7.92 (m, 2 H) 7.96 (dd, =8.80, 2.10 Hz, 1 H) 8.28 (dd, J=8.80, 2.80 Hz, 1 H) 8.32 (d, J=2.00 Hz, 1 H) 8.82 (d, J=2.60 Hz, 1 H) 10.47 (s, 1 H).

Example 93: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido[2,3-e] [l,2,4]thiadiazine-7- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E93)

6-Amino-5-sulfamoyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)nicotinamide was prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound D100, starting from D56. Method 3: ppm 7.07 (br s, 2 H) 7.60 (s,

2 H) 7.65 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 8.46 (d, =2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.80 (d, =2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.48 (s, 1 H). The isolated compound (50mg, 0.l40mmol) was suspended in 2-propanol (l.5mL), 37% aqueous formaldehyde (0.04mL, 0,580mmol) and two drops of HC1 4N in dioxane were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred 30min at 65°C, then lh at l00°C. The reaction was filtered and the solid was washed with iPrOH, to yield the title compound E93 (l5mg) as off-white solid. Method 3: Rt=3.07min, m/z=359.20 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 4.64 - 4.79 (m, 2 H) 7.62 - 7.80 (m, 2 H) 8.05 (br s, 1 H) 8.52 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.66 (br s, 1 H) 8.82 (d, =2.38 Hz, 1 H) 10.46 (br s, 1 H).

Example 94: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo[/] [l,2,5]thiadiazepine-8- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E94)

D48 (HC1 salt, 68mg, 0.l60mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (2mL) and cesium carbonate (207.2mg, 0.636mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated under microwave irradiation at l30°C for 1 5h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound E94 (28mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.l7min, m/z=372.24 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 3.16 - 3.28 (m, 2 H) 3.41 - 3.57 (m, 2 H) 7.00 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.13 - 7.25 (m, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.80 (m, 2 H) 7.81 - 7.97 (m, 2 H) 8.27 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.43 (s, 1 H).

Example 95: (3aS,10aS)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2,3,3a,4,10,10a-hexahyd ro-lH- benzo[f]cyclopenta[c] [l,2,5]thiadiazepine-7-carboxamide 5,5-dioxide (E95)

A solution of D42 (50.mg, 0.l20mmol) in DMSO (2mL) was treated with cesium carbonate (226.58mg, 0.700mmol) and heated for lOhrs at l30°C. The reaction solution was purified by preparative HPLC affording the title compound E95 (0.500mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.52. m/z: 412.23 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de+TFA) d ppm 1.41 - 1.86 (m, 4 H) 1.92 - 2.24 (m, 2 H) 3.06 - 3.30 (m, 1 H) 3.39 (br d, =8.53 Hz, 1 H) 6.52 - 7.04 (m, 1 H) 7.17 (d, =8.53 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (dd, =l0.59, 6.56 Hz, 3 H) 7.92 (dd, =8.67, 2.06 Hz, 1 H) 8.37 (d, J=2M Hz, 1 H) 10.46 (s, 1 H).

Example 96: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b] [l,4,5]oxathiazepine-8- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E96)

D86 (50mg, 0.l30mmol) was dissolved in dry DMF (lmL) and NaH 60% dispersion on mineral oil (20.4mg, 0,5l0mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred under N ₂ flow at RT for lOmin, then heated under microwave irradiation at l30°C for lh. The reaction mixture was diluted with H ₂ 0 and extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with H ₂ 0 and brine, then dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (DCM/MeOH) to obtain the title compound E96 (27mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.33, m/z=373.05 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 3.42 - 3.56 (m, 2 H) 4.12 - 4.28 (m, 2 H) 7.40 (d, =8.44 Hz, 1 H) 7.65 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 8.14 (dd, =8.44, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 8.35 (d, =2.29 Hz, 1 H).

Example 97: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo[b] [1,4,5] oxathiazocine-9- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E97)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound E96 starting from D87, and purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA). Method 3; Rt=3.29min, m/z=387T7 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.60 - 1.83 (m, 2 H) 3.37 - 3.50 (m, 2 H) 4.34 (t, =6.l0 Hz, 2 H) 7.34 - 7.66 (m, 2 H) 7.66 - 7.82 (m, 2 H) 8.20 (dd, =8.44, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 8.38 (d, =2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.46 - 10.97 (m, 1 H).

Example 98: 2-ethyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H- benzo[b] [l,4,5]oxathiazonine-10-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E98)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound E96 starting from D88, and purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA). Method 3; Rt=3.92min, m/z=429.32 (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.09 (t, =6.97 Hz, 3 H) 1.30 - 1.51 (m, 2 H) 1.65 - 1.86 (m, 2 H) 2.90 - 3.14 (m, 2 H) 3.62 - 3.96 (m, 2 H) 4.42 - 4.59 (m, 2 H) 7.61 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.65 - 7.80 (m, 2 H) 8.13 - 8.24 (m, 1 H) 8.34 (d, J=229 Hz, 1 H) 10.67 (s, 1 H).

Example 99: (R)-3-isobutyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b] [l,4,5]oxathiazepine-8-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E99)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound E96 starting from D90, and purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%oTFA). Method 3; Rt=3.60min, m/z=387.24 (M+H) ⁺ . NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 2.75 (s, 3 H) 3.65 - 3.82 (m, 2 H) 4.18 - 4.38 (m, 2 H) 7.45 (d, =8.44 Hz, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.83 (m, 2 H) 8.20 (dd, =8.44, 2.38 Hz, 1 H) 8.32 (d, J=2.29 Hz, 1 H) 10.75 (s, 1 H).

Example 101: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-l,3,4,ll,12,12a-hexahydro-2H-benzo [f|pyrido[l,2- b][l,2,5]thiadiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide (E101)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound E94 starting from D65. Method 3; Rt=3.85min, m/z=426.20 (M+H) .' H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e+TFA) d ppm 1.39 - 1.65 (m, 4 H) 1.66 - 1.83 (m, 2 H) 2.95 - 3.14 (m, 1 H) 3.28 - 3.41 (m, 1 H) 3.42 - 3.53 (m, 1 H) 3.53 - 3.73 (m, 2 H) 7.01 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.32 (br s, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 7.89 (dd, =8.7l, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.25 (d, =2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.43 (s, 1 H).

Example 102: ll-methyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-l,3,4,ll,12,12a-hexahydr o-2H- benzo[f]pyrido[l,2-b] [l,2,5]thiadiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide (E102)

E101 (lOmg, 0.020mmol) was suspended in MeOH (0.6mL) and THF (0.l5mL), 1 drop of AcOH and 37% aqueous formaldehyde (0.02mL, 0.280mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for lh, then sodium cyanoborohydride (29.54mg, 0.470mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred at RT for 3h. More 37% aqueous formaldehyde (0.03mL, 0.403mmol) was added, and after 30min more sodium cyanoborohydride (42mg, 0.668mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for another l6h, then quenched with 2 drops of 1N HC1, and purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound E102 (4.7mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=4.57min, m/z=440.27 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de+TFA) d ppm 1.40 - 1.67 (m, 4 H) 1.70 - 1.86 (m, 2 H) 2.99 - 3.14 (m, 4 H) 3.14 - 3.27 (m, 1 H) 3.41 - 3.57 (m, 1 H) 3.57 - 3.79 (m, 2 H) 7.18 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.65 - 7.80 (m, 2 H) 8.07 (dd, =8.80, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 8.35 (d, =2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10,52 (s, 1 H).

Example 103: (S)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-l,3,4,ll,12,12a-hexahydro-2H- benzo[f]pyrido[l,2-b] [l,2,5]thiadiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide (E103)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound E94, starting from D67. Method 3; Rt=3.84min, m/z=426.28 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e+TFA) d ppm 1.37 - 1.66 (m, 4 H) 1.66 - 1.83 (m, 2 H) 2.96 - 3.17 (m, 1 H) 3.28 - 3.53 (m, 2 H) 3.53 - 3.76 (m, 2 H) 7.01 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.30 (br s, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.80 (m, 2 H) 7.89 (dd, =8.62, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.25 (d, =2. l l Hz, 1 H) 10.43 (s, 1 H).

Example 104: (R)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-l,3,4,ll,12,12a-hexahydro-2H- benzo[f]pyrido[l,2-b] [l,2,5]thiadiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide (E104)

D69 (54mg, O.l lOmmol) was dissolved in DMSO (l .8mL) and diisopropylethylamine (0.08mL, 0.450mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated at 65°C for lh, then was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound E104 (38mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.84min, m/z=426.28 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e+TFA) d ppm 1.42 - 1.66 (m, 4 H) 1.66 - 1.83 (m, 2 H) 2.96 - 3.18 (m, 1 H) 3.26 - 3.53 (m, 2 H) 3.53 - 3.75 (m, 2 H) 7.01 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.31 (br s, 1 H) 7.60 - 7.79 (m, 2 H) 7.89 (dd, =8.53, 2.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.25 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.43 (s, 1 H).

Example 105: (5S)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2,5- methanobenzo[g] [l,2,6]thiadiazocine-9-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E105)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound E94, starting from D71. Method 3; Rt=3.9lmin, m/z=398.32 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e+TFA) d ppm 1.52 - 1.73 (m, 1 H) 2.01 - 2.21 (m, 1 H) 3.06 - 3.35 (m, 2 H) 3.37 - 3.57 (m, 1 H) 3.70 (br d, =l3.48 Hz, 1 H) 4.02 - 4.20 (m, 1 H) 7.00 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.54 (br s, 1 H) 7.66 - 7.77 (m, 2 H) 7.90 (dd, =8.7l, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.33 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.48 (s, 1 H).

Example 106: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)- 1 ,2,3 ,10, 11 , 11 a-hexahydr obenzo [f] pyrrolo [ 1 ,2- b][l,2,5]thiadiazepine-7-carboxamide 5,5-dioxide (El 06)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound E94, starting from D73. Method 3; Rt=3.70min, m/z=4l2.l7 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- e+TFA) d ppm 1.74 - 2.19 (m, 4 H) 2.77 - 2.92 (m, 1 H) 3.02 - 3.22 (m, 1 H) 3.26 - 3.40 (m, 1 H) 3.78 - 3.93 (m, 1 H) 4.28 - 4.42 (m, 1 H) 6.90 (d, =8.7l Hz, 1 H) 7.42 (br s, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.78 (m, 2 H) 7.83 (dd, =8.7l, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.22 (d, J=2A 1 Hz, 1 H) 10.40 (s, 1 H).

Example 107: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)- 1 ,9,10, 10a-tetrahydro-2H-azeto [ 1 ,2- b]benzo[f][l,2,5]thiadiazepine-6-carboxamide 4,4-dioxide (El 07)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound E94, starting from D75. Method 3; Rt=3.50min, m/z=398.12 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 2.22 - 2.37 (m, 1 H) 3.19 - 3.31 (m, 1 H) 3.61 - 3.74 (m, 1 H) 3.75 - 3.88 (m, 1 H) 4.24 - 4.39 (m, 1 H) 4.40 - 4.53 (m, 1 H) 6.98 (d, =8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.50 - 7.62 (m, 1 H) 7.64 - 7.78 (m, 2 H) 7.87 (dd, =8.70, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.20 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1 H) 10.42 (s, 1 H).

Example 108: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-l,3,4,ll,12,12a-hexahydrobenzo[f][ l,4]oxazino[4,3- b][l,2,5]thiadiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide (E108)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound E94, starting from D77 and purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN+0.l%HCOOH). Method 3; Rt=3.44 min, m/z=428.24 (M+H) ⁺ . ^l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 3.13 - 3.23 (m, 2 H) 3.53 (br d, J=5.96 Hz, 1 H) 3.43 - 3.52 (m, 1 H) 3.59 - 3.71 (m, 2 H) 3.71 - 3.92 (m, 3 H) 6.95 - 7.07 (m, 1 H) 7.12 (d, =8.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.64 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 7.96 (dd, =8.62, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.28

(d, =2.l 1 Hz, 1 H) 10.49 (s, 1 H).

Example 109: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-10,ll-dihydrobenzo[f]imidazo[l,2- b][l,2,5]thiadiazepine-7-carboxamide 5,5-dioxide (El 09)

A 5mL vial was charged with D78 (90mg, 0.l8mmol), toluene (600uL) and phosphoric acid (360.78uL, 4.78mmol). The resulting milky suspension was stirred at room temperature for 30min then MeCN (4drops) was added, followed by NaHCCh (sat. solution). The solution was poured into a separating funnel and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 ₄ (dry), filtered and evaporated. The residue was dissolved in DMF, treated with triethylamine (300uL, 2.l6mmol) and stirred at 50°C for 30min. Solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between water and diethyl ether /EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over MgS0 ₄ (dry), filtered and finally evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (EtOAc/DCM), giving the title compound E109 (1 94mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.64min. m/z: 409.19 (M+H) ⁺ .1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 4.76 - 4.93 (m, 2 H) 6.99 (d, =8.99 Hz, 1 H) 7.09 - 7.20 (m, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.76 (m, 3 H) 7.91 - 8.02 (m, 1

H) 8.38 (d, =2.l 1 Hz, 1 H) 8.42 - 8.55 (m, 1 H) 10,50 (br s, 1 H).

Example 110: N-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2,5-ethanobenzo[f| [ 1,2,5] thiadiazepine-8- carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (El 10)

In a vial (3 mL) D82 (4.4 mg, 0.011 mmol) was weighed together with triphenylphosphane (8.7 mg, 0.033mmol) and DIAD (5,5 mg, 0.028 mmol) then THF dry (0.3 mL) was added. The vial was sealed and the supsension was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then the solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude product purified by preparative HPLC twice (ThO/CTbCN+O.P/o TFA) to give the title compound El 10 (0.67 mg) as white powder. Method 3; Rt=3.32 min, m/z=380.35 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (acetonitrile-d ₃ , 300 MHz): d = 9.05 (br s, 1H), 8.36 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (dd, J= 8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (ddd, J= 13.0, 7.5, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.37- 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.37 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.76 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.45 (m, 4H), 3.14-3.28 ppm (m, 2H). Example 111: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)- 1 ,2,3 ,4, 12, 12a-hexahydr obenzo [b] pyrido [ 1 ,2- e] [1,4,5] oxathiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide (El 11)

A microwave vial was charged with sodium hydride (40mg, lmmol); the vial was sealed and evacuated. A solution of D79 (40.mg,0.09mmol) in DMF (3mL, dry) was added in a single portion and the resulting suspension stirred at room temperature for lh30min then heated by microwave irradiation for 30min at l30°C. Sovent was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between water and DCM. The organic layer was evaporated giving the crude product (60mg, white solid) which was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ O/CH ₃ CN 0.1% TFA) to obtain the title compound Elll (l6mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt: 3.96min. m/z: 427.30 (M+H) ⁺ . 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.11 - 1.36 (m, 1 H) 1.41 - 1.62 (m, 2 H) 1.62 - 1.91 (m, 3 H) 2.60 - 2.72 (m, 1 H) 3.33 - 3.44 (m, 1 H) 4.29 - 4.43 (m, 3 H) 7.44 (d, =8.44 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (dd, =l0.36, 6.60 Hz, 2 H) 8.21 (br dd, =8.44, 2.38 Hz, 1 H) 8.30 (d, =2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.75 (br s, 1 H). Example 112: (R)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-l,2,3,4,12,12a-hexahydrobenzo[ b]pyrido[l,2- e] [1,4,5] oxathiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide (El 12)

D83 (49 mg, 0.11 Ommol) was dissolved in dry DMF (1 5mL) and NaH 60% dispersion on mineral oil (l7.6mg, 0.439mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2h, then diluted with H ₂ 0 and extracted with EtOAc. Organic layer was washed with H2O, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The resulting crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN+l%TFA) to obtain, after lyophilization, the title compound E112 (39mg) as white solid. Method 3; Rt=3.96min, m/z= 427.16 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/r,) d ppm 1.13 - 1.37 (m, 1 H) 1.42 - 1.63 (m, 2 H) 1.63 - 1.90 (m, 3 H) 2.59 - 2.72 (m, 1 H) 3.33 - 3.43 (m, 1 H) 4.26 - 4.49 (m, 3 H) 7.45 (d, =8.44 Hz, 1 H) 7.65 - 7.80 (m, 2 H) 8.21 (dd, =8.44, 2.29 Hz,

1 H) 8.30 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.74 (s, 1 H).

Example 113: (S)-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)- 1 ,2,3 ,4, 12, 12a-hexahydr obenzo [b] pyrido [ 1 ,2- e] [1,4,5] oxathiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide (El 13)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound El 12 starting from D84. Method 3; Rt=3.96min, m/z=427.37 (M+H) ⁺ . Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d ppm 1.11 - 1.36 (m, 1 H) 1.42 - 1.62 (m, 2 H) 1.63 - 1.91 (m, 3 H) 2.60 - 2.72 (m, 1 H) 3.31 - 3.44 (m, 1 H) 4.30 - 4.45 (m, 3 H) 7.45 (d, =8.44 Hz, 1 H) 7.75 (m, J=6.50 Hz, 2 H) 8.21 (dd, =8.44, 2.29 Hz, 1 H) 8.30 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 10.75 (s, 1 H).

Example 114: tert- butyl 8-((3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)carbamoyl)-3,4,12,12a- tetrahydrobenzo[b]pyrazino[l,2-e] [l,4,5]oxathiazepine-2(lH)-carboxylate 6,6-dioxide

(El 14)

To a solution of D85 (83mg, 0.l5mmol) in DMF (l.5mL) was added sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, l8.l9mg, 0.45mmol) at room temperature and the mixture was stirred for lh. The reaction was poured on ice and was extracted with EtOAc (3x40mL), washed with brine, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product (80mg) of which one amount (20mg) was purified by HPLC (H ₂ 0/CH ₃ CN), affording the title compound E114 (0.6mg) as white solid. Method 3: Rt= 4.11, m/z-56= 472.08; m/z-l00= 428.11. 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-*+ TFA 20uL) d 1.37 (s, 9H), 2.61-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.86-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.10-

3.26 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.99 (m, 1H), 4.01-4.21 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.39- 4.53 (m, 1H), 7.44 (d, =8.44 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, =l0.4l, 6.56 Hz, 2H), 8.22 (dd, =8.44, 2.20

Hz, 1H), 8.30 (d, =2.l l Hz, 1H), 10.75 (s, 1H).

Example 115: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-l,2,3,4,12,12a-hexahydrobenzo[b]py razino[l,2- e] [1,4,5] oxathiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide (E115)

To a solution of E114 (70mg, 0.l3mmol) in l,4-dioxane (0,5mL) was added 4M HC1 in dioxane (0.33mL,l.33mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (l5mL) and DCM (l5mL). The acqueous phase was basified with 5% NaOH until rH=10 (by paper) and was extracted with DCM (3x20mL), washed with brine, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound E115 (37mg) as white powder. Method 3; Rt: 2.59. m/z: 428.11 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) d = 2.55 (m, 3H), 2.97 - 2.81 (m, 2H), 3.10 - 3.01 (m, 1H), 3.31 - 3.21 (m, 1H), 4.26 - 4.03 (m, 1H), 4.46 - 4.37 (m, 2H), 7.47 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.79 - 7.66 (m, 2H), 8.22 (dd, J= 2.3,

8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 10.75 (s, 1H).

Example 116: 2-acetyl-N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-l,2,3,4,12,12a- hexahydrobenzo[b]pyrazino[l,2-e] [l,4,5]oxathiazepine-8-carboxamide 6,6-dioxide (E116)

To a solution of El 15 (l5mg, 0.03mmol) in DCM (0,5mL) and triethylamine (O.OlmL, 0.05mmol) at 0°C was added a solution of acetic anhydride (0.003mL, 0.030mmol) in DCM (O.lmL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for lh. The reaction was quenched by addition of water and was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with 5% citric acid aq. solution, NaHCCh sat. solution, brine, dried over Na ₂ S0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the title compound E116 (4.8mg). Method 3; Rt: 3.33min. m/z: 470.19 (M+H) ⁺ .

Example 117: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2,4- methanobenzo[b] [l,4,5]oxathiazepine-8-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E117)

of 4-fluoro-3-((3-hydroxyazetidin-l-yl)sulfonyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (prepared as described in WO2013/096744) (45.mg, O.l lOmmol) in DMF (lOmL) was added sodium hydride, 60% mineral oil (35.6lmg, 0.890mmol). The reaction was stirred at 80°C for 2hrs. The reaction was quenched with water and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purifed by HPLC (ThO/CTbCN+P/oTFA) to afford the title compound E117 (2.65mg). Method 3; Rt=3.54min, m/z= 385.15 (M+H) ⁺ . ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-ώ) d = 10.72 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (dd, J= 2.3, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.81 - 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.75 - 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.34 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (t, J= 2731.7 Hz, 1H), 4.80 - 4.74 (m, 1H), 4.74 - 4.70 (m, 1H), 4.12 - 4.06 (m, 1H), 4.06 - 4.01 (m, 1H).

Example 118: N-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-4,5-dihydro-3H-2,5- methanobenzo[b] [l,4,5]oxathiazocine-9-carboxamide 1,1-dioxide (E118)

Similarly prepared according to the procedure described for the preparation of compound El 17 starting from (S)-4-fluoro-3-((3-hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)sulfonyl)-N-(3,4,5- trifluorophenyl)benzamide (prepared as described in WO2013/096744). Method 3; Rt=3.63min, 10.87 - 10.65 (m, 1H), 8.41 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (dd, J= 2.3, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J= 6.6, 10.4 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.36 - 5.07 (m, 1H), 4.16 - 4.01 (m, 1H), 3.49 (br s, 4H), 2.25 - 2.03 (m, 1H), 1.88 - 1.70 (m, 1H). The examples shown in Table 1 were prepared according to the synthetic methods described above. The general synthetic strategies, the appropriate intermediate materials and the relevant reaction steps (were appropriate), are indicated in Table 1 by referring to the appropriate Scheme. Table 1:

^a Chiral separation conditions: Chiralpack IB-N5 (Daicel corporation), lcm l.D.x 25 cm L at 20% B (Phase A: n-Heptane and Phase B: 2-Propanol).

Biology

Assay

Cells and culture conditions

HepAD38 cell line (Ladner et al, Antimicrob Agents Chemother, 1997, 41, 1715-20) was used for HBV inhibition assays. HepAD38 is a subclone, derived from hepatoblastoma cell line HepG2 (ATCC® Number: HB-8065™), that expresses HBV genome under the transcriptional control of a tetracycline-responsive promoter in a TET-OFF system: addition of tetracycline (TET) or doxycycline suppresses HBV replication, while its removal switches on the process allowing HBV viral particles release in the cell supernatant. HepAD38 cell line is maintained in DMEM/F12, supplemented with 10% of fetal bovine serum, 1% of glutamine, 1% of penicillin/streptomycin, 0.4 mg/ml G418 and 0,3 ug/ml tetracycline. For the HBV inhibition assay, doxycycline-free medium is used in order to allow virion production.

Anti-HBV activity in vitro

HBV inhibition activity in vitro was performed in 96 multiwell plates. During the initial (primary) screening compounds were first tested in triplicates at concentrations of 0.1 mM, 0.5mM and ImM. For selected compounds, an 8-point dose-response curve was obtained using 1 :2 serial dilutions (starting from 2.5 mM, 1.25mM or 0.4 mM, depending on the degree of inhibition observed during the primary screening). From the dose-response curves, half maximal effective concentration (EC50) could be calculated (see also below).

In more detail, compounds - typically dissolved in DMSO stock solutions - were diluted to 2x the final desired concentration in 100 mΐ of the above medium (without doxycycline) and plated in three replicates in the 96-well plates.

Simultaneously, HepAD38 cells - extensively pre- washed in tetracyc line-tree medium in order to induce HBV production - were suspended at 2* 10 ⁴ cells in 100 mΐ of tetracycline- free medium and added to each well of the plate, to yield a final assay volume of 200 mΐ.

DMSO, used for stock solutions and compounds dilutions, is always present in the assays at a final concentration of 0.5%.

Plates were then incubated 96 hours at 37°C and then subjected to cell viability assays and extracellular HBV quantification, in order to evaluate both the cytotoxic potential and the anti viral activity of compounds. Cytotoxicity was assessed by a commercial fluorescence assay that measures the metabolic activity of cells, directly related to cell viability (Cell Titer Blue, Promega). For each compound, cytotoxicity was evaluated at the same concentration employed to evaluate its anti-HBV activity. Anti-HBV activity was evaluated by quantification of extracellular HBV DNA with direct qPCR. In particular, supernatant was collected and centrifuged for cell debris clarification, viral DNA was extracted from virions by addition of lysis buffer (1 mM l,4-dithiothreitol, 0.2% sodium dodecyl sulphate) and incubated at 95°C for 10 min. Samples were then diluted 1 :40 and real time PCR amplification was performed with SYBR green assay (Power SYBR™ Green PCR Master Mix-Thermo Fisher Scientific) and specific HBV primer (HBV-DF:5’- ATTTGTTCAGTGGTTCGTAGGG-3’ (SEQ ID No. 1), HBV-DR:5’- CGGTAAAAAGGGACTCAAGATG-3’ (SEQ ID No. 2)).

All HBV inhibition or antiviral activity data are typically reported in percent (%) relative to a non- treated reference sample. Excel and Graphpad Prism programs are typically used for data elaboration and ECso calculation. RESULTS

The exemplified compounds described herein were tested in the assays described above. All the compounds displayed no measurable cytotoxicity at the tested compound concentration.

Results for HBV inhibition are reported in the following Table 2.

Legend: A indicates HBV inhibition greater than 50% at the concentration indicated in the table or ECso less than ImM; B indicates HBV inhibition less than 50% at the concentration indicated in the table or EC50 greater than ImM.

Table 2. HBV inhibition results

Results in Table 2 clearly indicate that the compound of the invention display anti-HBY activity.